ae Re See Wat lf eal ‘ Huh is vA Hoe hey ‘, Ae ANS aoe Nanuet hie mn MN uets NE Abi (ihe TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME XVII. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY : SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 1903-06. [166 /§ Hitt ants Lae NO A PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Hat ; Ik JUDE NY, WO CONTENTS. . A Revision of the Amblypodia Group of Butterflies of the Family Lycenide. By GrorGcE T. Beraune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. (Plates1-V.) . . . pagel Notes on the Transformations of some South-African Lepidoptera. (Continued from the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society of London,’ vol. xv. pt. 6, April 1901.) By Lieut.-Colonel J. Matcoum Fawcerr. (Plates VI—-VIII.) 165 A Monograph of the Fishes of the Family Loricariide. By C. Tare Reeay, B.A., PZ SU (Plates NXT) owen ie a ee ok) ae oi A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Varieties of the Wall-Lizard (Lacerta muralis) in Western Europe and North Africa. By G. A. Boutencsr, F.R.S., VolPVGS0 (IQ ENGS DOU POD eg) ges 6 Br Gy gy o SOIL . On the Intestinal Tract of Mammals. By P. Cuatmers Mircue tt, JZ.A., D.Sc., Secretary to the Society . 437 Fourth Contribution to the Ichthyology of Lake Tanganyika.—Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Dr. W. A. Cunnington during the Third Tanganyika Expedition, 1904-1905. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.RS., V.P.Z.S. (Bates XOXNOX. ILI: )) iy manera esata re Pc Le 5 en em Iii ILI: OE aw IeAjorsss Copel Ma WOl SO 5 5 ee se 6 oo GO Indexeois Species stQceh i.e" i). rn Se ene a eae ans amen OU) TRANSACTIONS Or THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vou. XVII.—Parr 1. = st] i, alan Instltution ay , & os R > Uj 8 BEP 26 ov AS A x 2 awe Nations WA LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE ; AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. August 1903. Price 30s. Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME I. (1883-1835, containing 59 Plates) . VOLUME IL. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates) . VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates) . VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates) . VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates) . VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates) . VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates) . VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates) . VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates) . GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, contaming 97 Plates) . VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . . Price 7) 72 es) 39 * No copies of these volumes remain in stock. To Fellows. d. ip a 3 Or Se 13 we 6 + Only complete copies of these yolumes are left in stock. To the Public. s. d. 18 O* ts 1 6* Ou (ef 411 0* S) ey Oyp 619 OF 6 0 OF . 1312 oF al S05, 16 2 OF VAIS ere sOr Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. Di aes ACO tO Nos OF PET AOorOGrOxAl sO CTE TY OF LONDON. I. A Revision of the Amblypodia Group of Butterflies of the Family Lycenide. By Guorce T. Bernune-Baker, /L.S., F.Z.S., &e. Received October 22, 1901; read March 4, 1902. [Prares I.-V.] THE large division of the Lycewnide usually known as the Amblypodia group has been in a more or less unsatisfactory state for many years. Hewitson was the first to make any really important contribution to our knowledge of the species; but his descriptions are so meagre that without his types combined with his figures (the latter are not quite satisfactory without the former) they would be useless. About the same time the brothers Felder, in their valuable work the ‘Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte Novara,’ added more species to the group and adopted the generic name Arhopala given by Boisduval for the largest section thereof, recognizing that they were structurally different from the genus Amblypodia. This name, however, not having been diagnosed, was practically ignored until de Nicéville again adopted it in his ‘ Butterflies of India,’ since then it has been coming more generally into use. I divide the group into six genera, viz.: Surendra, Iraota, Amblypodia, Mahathala, Thaduka, and Arhopala, the last of which alone contains over 200 species and varieties without considering many synonyms. Mr. Moore has tried to split up these into several subgenera; but I cannot see the use of adopting them, for reasons given below. When even a large number of species like this falls naturally into one VOL, XVII.—PART I. No. 1.—August, 1903. B 2 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE genus so that even a tyro could recognize them, and when there is no good dividing- line, I cannot see that any object is gained by attempting to split up the genus. Mr. de Nicéville has suggested spelling the word “ Arhopala” with two “7's,” but, according to the strict canon, I prefer to leave it as it was spelt at its first institution. The section dealing with this group in de Nicéville’s work, already referred to, is by far the most valuable treatise we have, but there are so many extra-Indian species and so much material has been received since the publication of that book, the descriptions of which are scattered throughout many periodicals, whilst a good many new ones appear in this monograph, that the present seems an appropriate time to gather up these fragments and present them as a whole for the student. With the exception of one or two species found in China and Japan and in some of the Pacific Islands, the whole group is confined to the Indo-Malayan region, in which I include N. Australia: the insects appear to be confined, to a very large extent, to forest districts—de Nicéville says they seldom or never go down to streams for moisture, neither do flowers attract them ; and the only way to collect them is to beat the bushes and catch them as they fly up; their flight is rapid but always short. In the present paper I have described a dozen new forms, whilst in 1896 I described thirteen new species in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, and I am figuring a considerable number of species that are in an unsatisfactory and doubtful condition. Primaries : 1, la, 1. Discal or cell-spots. 2. Costal spot. 3. Transverse band or fascia. 4. Submarginal row. Secondaries : 0. Costal basal spot. 1. Basal row (of 4). 2. Median row (of 3). 3. Transverse band. 3 a, first spot; 3.6, second spot; 3c, third spot; 3d, fourth spot; 3e, fifth spot; 3/,sixth spot; 3g, angular spot. 4, Submarginal row. Diagrammatic sketch of wing of butter- fly of the genus Arhopala. When I undertook this work I had no idea that it would be so heavy, and I have to thank many entomologists for valuable help. My most hearty thanks are due to Mr. de Nicéville (whose death I deeply regret and in whom India loses a very valuable observer) and to the late Dr. Staudinger—the former having sent me from India the whole of his valuable collection of this group, including all his types, whilst my old AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENID®. 5) friend Dr. Staudinger likewise sent me the most important portion of his collection ; these two alone furnished me with considerably over 2000 specimens, without which my task would have been well nigh impossible, for, with species so closely related as are many of these, it is extremely difficult to differentiate them without the types, especially when they are not described on the same plan. I have therefore in this revision adopted a uniform plan of description for the genus Arhopala, which will be easily understood on reference to the accompanying figure (Text-fig., p. 2). I have further examined nearly all the most important collections in the kingdom, and through the kindness of Herr Georg Semper, who sent me all his Philippine specimens, I have been able to examine this valuable collection, so that my grateful thanks are due to him, as also to many other entomologists both on the Continent and at home; and I would specially thank Mr. Hamilton Druce, who has helped me frequently on various difficult points. The genitalia have had my careful attention, and have often proved a real help in settling the specific value of certain species, especially in the green division of the genus Arhopala. The subgroups, as a rule, follow the main lines of a certain pattern, and in all cases that I am aware of they have a definite specific value. SuRENDRA Moore. Surendra Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 835, et 1879, p. 142; id. Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 112 (1881) ; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 218 (1890). Both wings short and broad. Primaries with the costa evenly arched, more strongly in the female, apex acute. Posterior margin excavated below the apex, then strongly convex, especially soin the female. Inner margin waved: costal nervure ending about the apex of the cell; second subcostal nervule with its base midway between the first and upper discoidal ; third subcostal short, rising nearer the apex of the wing than the cell ; discocellular nervules upright, concave, the middle rising from the upper discoidal close to its base and rather shorter than the lower, submedian nervure straight. Secondaries with the costa strongly arched at the base, then almost straight in the male, but slightly arched in the female ; posterior margin evenly rounded to the tail, then deeply excavated and oblique to the lobe, but in the female it is excavated up to the outer tail; abdominal margin excavated above the lobe, then rounded; first sub- costal nervule rising somewhat near the apex of the cell; discocllular nervules with a slight oblique tendency outwards, straight ; the second median nervule rises just at the lower end of the cell; submedian nervure straight, internal nervure straight, then strongly arched. The male has a shortish tail at the end of the first median nervule. The female has likewise, and in addition has another at the end of the second median nervule. Antenne of moderate length; eyes smooth ; palpi long, slender ; legs short. I have been unabie to trace any record of the life-history of any species of this genus, but Mr. Doherty was apparently acquainted with their eggs, for he writes Ba 4 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE (J. A. S. B. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 409, 1889) that the genus Swrendra Moore and a number of species of Arhopala have hemispherical eggs covered with white globular tubercles and triangular reticulations, six of which radiate from each tubercle. De Nicéville says (Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 220) “that Mr. P. W. Mackinnon has seen the female of 8. guercetorum laying eggs on a species of mimosa in the Dehra Dun.” The genitalia in this genus are more of the usual “ Lycena” shape, the tegumen being less ample. The hooks, however, are short and stout, whilst the clasps are not so reduced as in the genus Arhopala. The penis is long and slender, with the extremity slightly extended (see Plate IV. fig. 1). After examining a very considerable series of this genus (nearly two hundred are now before me, and I must have examined nearly double that number) I find it is quite impossible to retain the species described from India, Ceylon, and the Andaman Isles; they are, without doubt, one and the same variable species, viz. S. guercetorum Moore, and I believe that this name should also give way to 8. vivarna Horsfield, but I have not sufficient material from Java or Singapore to decide, and I therefore treat them as distinct for the present. In a hundred specimens now lying before me I cannot find one dividing-line, the ground-colour of the males ranging from a bright purplish blue, extending over the greater part of the primaries, to an exceedingly dull violet of small extent; the pattern of the underside varies likewise, often tending to disappear, these features obtaining in specimens from the same neighbourhood. Then as to the females, Andaman specimens (as also the Javan 8. vivarna) are entirely dull warm brown; but I have several specimens from the Khasia Hills that are quite indistinguishable from them, whilst from this locality I have also the common form showing the slightly paler discal patch, and one at least which is quite as pale as the average Ceylonese form named by Mr. Moore discalis. The outline of the wings seems equally liable to variation, for I have males from the Khasias with most decided “ hook-tips ” and others with an almost straight outer margin. Turning now to the amisena group, I find, on careful comparison, that Staudinger’s types of palowna (which I have before me) agree precisely with Hewitson’s type of amisena, the tail being but little different, but much exaggerated in Hewitson’s drawing. lorimel of Doherty has no tail, and therefore I retain it as distinct; it is also bright and has a somewhat different underside. Stimula de Nicéville is, without doubt, referable to S. florimel Doherty, as there is no difference except in the larger size of de Nicéville’s forms. SURENDRA QUERCETORUM (Moore). Amblypodia quercetorum Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat, Lep. Mus. E.I.C. vol.i. p. 42. n. 63, pl. ia. fig. 7, ¢ (1857); Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 14 (1862) ; id. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14 (1865). AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCAHNID#. 5 Amblypodia vivarna Hewitson (nec Horsfield), Cat. Lyc. B.M. pl. vii. fig. 76, ¢ (1862). Surendra discalis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 142; id. Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 112, pl. xliv. figs. 1¢, 1a? (1881). Surendra latimargo Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 142. Surendra quercetorum var. latimargo Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, J. A. S. B. vol. xlix. pt. 2, p. 235 (1880). Surendra biplagiata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 147. pl. xxiv. fig. 12, g. Amblypodia quercetorum Staudinger, Ex. Schmett. p. 281, pl. xevi. (1888). Surendra quercetorum Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 251 ; Doherty, J. A. S. B. vol. lv. pt. 2, p. 130 (1886). Surendra quercetorum de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 220 (1890). Surendra biplagiata de Nicéville, op. cit. p. 221 Surendra discalis and S. latimargo de Nicéville, op. cit. p. 222 Hab. Sylhet; N. India; Kangra Valley; Bagheswar; Lower Ramganga; Gori and Kali Valleys; Kumdaun; Madras; Ceylon; Andamans; Burma; Assam ; Kashmir. Expanse, ¢ 28-54, 2 36-39 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings violet-blue; primaries with broad black costa, broader posterior margin, and apex black from the termination of the cell; secondaries with the blue extending only in the median area and just into the cell. ‘Tail tipped with white; lobe very much produced. Underside: both wings greyish brown: primaries with an obscure dark dash in the cell and a narrow elongated spot at the close, two other dark dots on the costa, a dark, very irregular, transverse line midway between the end of the cell and the posterior margin from the costa to the submedian nervure, beyond which is a row of small very dark dots, sometimes very obscure : secondaries with a white dot below the costal nervure near the base, beneath which is an obscure, dark, jagged, interrupted line ; from the apex to the centre of the abdominal margin is an obscure band of dark shading, in which is an irregular whitish-edged fascia from the costa (before the apex) to the abdominal margin; a submarginal row of dark spots, sometimes formed into a lunulated line; lobe-spot very dark reddish brown ; anal area sprinkled with greyish scales. @. Upperside: both wings entirely dark brown, with a pale dash beyond the cell in the primaries. ‘Tails edged with white. Underside exactly as in the male, but with all the markings sharper. On examining very carefully a large series of this species, I find it is quite impossible for me to differentiate diplagiata Butler and latimargo Moore from Moore’s original species ; it is so very variable everywhere that it is useless retaining these names. The same remark applies with regard to discalis Moore: this is a mere aberration which is quite inconstant ; in some specimens the ochreous patch is very prominent, in others less so, and I have others from the same locality in which there is no trace of it. 6 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE SuRENDRA VIVARNA (Horsfield). (Plate I. fig. 6.) Amblypodia vivarna Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. p.99.n. 31 (1829) ; Hewitson, Cat. Lyczenidee B.M. p. 18. n. 61, pl. vi. figs. 73, 77 g, 75 (1862). Surendra vivarna de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 221 (1890). Hab. Java; Sumatra. Expanse, ¢ 29-33, 9 31-24 mm. g. Upperside: both wings rather intense deep blue: primaries with the costa broadly, posterior margin more broadly, apex still more broadly black ; secondaries with the blue limited to just over the median area, the rest of the wings black. Tails two, black, the longer one white-tipped. Underside: both wings very dark greyish brown: primaries with an obscure dark dot near the centre of the cell and a small dash closing it, costa with three dark dots; transverse blackish line curved irregularly and scalloped from the costa to the submedian nervure, a submarginal row of blackish dots, margin obscurely dark, internal area quite pale: secondaries with a small white spot about one-third along the costal nervure, below which is an obscure dark short dash in the cell; from two-thirds along the costa to the middle of the abdominal margin is a narrow, indefinite, obscure band of dark shading edged externally and sharply with white, a submarginal row of dark spots forming an almost lunular line; on each side of the long tail is a slight grey scaling. @. Upperside: both wings entirely dark brown. Underside as in the male, but decidedly paler. In this species the outer margin is much produced in the median area, both in the male as well as in the female, but is a somewhat unusual feature in the former, whilst in the female the tip is much less produced outwards, forming less of a hook-tip. SuRENDRA AMISENA (Hewitson). (Plate I. figs.3 ¢,4&5 9 ; PlateIV. figs. 1 & 1a.) Amblypodia amisena Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 18, pl. vil. figs. 74-78, ¢ (1862) ; Kheil, Rhbop. Ins. Nias, p. 33. n. 123 (1884). Rapala amisena Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 277. n. 1, pl. xxiii. fig. 18, ¢ (1885). Surendra amisena Doherty, J. A. S. B. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 424 (1889). Amblypodia palowna Staudinger, Iris, vol. 11. p. 131, pl. ii. fig. 3 (1889). Surendra amisena de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. in. p. 222 (1890). Surendra palowna Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 588. Hab. Sumatra; Borneo; Palawan; Balabac; Nias; Malacca. Expanse, ¢ 40-43, 2 39-45 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dull violet to purplish blue: primaries with apical area very broadly dark brown, tapering very narrowly to the anal angle and less narrowly on the costa: secondaries with blue confined within the upper discoidal and submedian nervures; posterior margin narrowly brown. Underside: both wings warm slightly rufous brown. Primaries with the least trace of a most obscure spot AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENID, U in the cell and an equally obscure line closing the cell, often entirely obsolete; transverse band dark, sharply defined, with its centre curved outwards, thus giving it somewhat the shape of a strung bow, the line slightly interrupted at the neryures; a submarginal row of moderately distinct dark dots; internal area pale. Secondaries with a white spot below the costal nervure ; a third along it, below which is an obscure, irregular, short line across the cell; transverse line not far beyond the cell, very irregular, composed of short, white, interrupted marks from the costa (a third from the apex) to near the end of the internal nervure; these white marks have all a dark diffused internal shading; the dark submarginal row is lunular, interrupted at each nervure and edged internally with whitish or palely; the anal angle has more or less metallic scaling, occasionally entirely wanting, often very slight, but sometimes consisting of two large patches of bluish scales with a small spot at the extremity of the fold. The tail of the type specimens is very short, the margin scalloped on each side of it; this is very variable, however. I have before me some without any tails at all which appear from several localities with the tailed form; then I have others in which the tail is reduced to a short tooth-like excrescence. 2. Upperside: both wings glossed all over with slightly lustrous dull violet-mauve, which makes the species immediately recognizable from all others of the genus. I have a second form which is entirely glossed with steel-blue ; both have precisely the same underside as the male just described. This is evidently a case of a dimorphic female. Dr. Staudinger’s types of S. palowna are before me, and they are absolutely the same as the specimen labelled amisena in Hewitson’s collection, each having slight tails. Mr. Druce is correct in saying, in his Bornean paper (P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 588), “that the characters he mentions, of the tails, will be found to be insufficient to separate anusena and palowna.” Hewitson’s figures show the tails very considerably longer than appears in any specimen that I have seen. I hope that my figures of both forms of the female of this species will prevent further confusion. SURENDRA FLORIMEL Doherty. Surendra florimel Doherty, J. A. S. B. vol. lvii. pt. 2, p. 424, pl. xxi. figs. 17 g, 4 9 (1889); de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. 11. p. 223 (1890). Surendra stimula de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. ix. pl. O. fig. 23 (1895). Hab. Wagung, Tavoy District; Burma; Sumatra; Java. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 30-39 mm. g¢. Above rich purple-blue from the costal vein to the hind margin, the blue area outwardly angled at the upper median vein, and occupying nearly half of the 8 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE fore wing; on the hind wing it extends from just below the lower subcostal to the submedian vein, leaving the upper part of the cell dark; a narrow black marginal line. Below the ground is light fuscous brown, as in amisena, but with the cell and disc of the fore wing much darker and the basal and apical half of the hind wing deep violet-brown. Fore wing with a short oblique dark streak in the middle of the cell, a larger one across its end, and one or two costal streaks; a transverse discal line cf joined lunules (separated in amisena) from the second subcostal to below the lower median, projecting outwardly below the lower radial vein ; apex widely, and outer margin narrowly, pale fuscous. Hind wing with the transverse discal fascia consisting of a broken dull silvery line on a deep brown ground, an obscure, outer, discal, transverse band, pale on the dark apical, and dark on the pale abdominal ground; an obscure metallic patch in the lower median space. 9. Above dull brown, a slightly paler area in the middle of the disc. Below the dark area of the fore wing is confined to the neighbourhood of the median spaces on the disc, that of the hind wing to a band across the wing from the apex to the hind margin, crossing the end of the cell; a distinct whitish spot basally between the costal and the subcostal veins; the inner transverse line united, crossing the dark area subapically; the outer one consisting of pale lunules, bordered, especially outwardly, by a dark band in which there are two dark subapical spots, the second larger. This species has the hind wing strongly angled at the end of the middle median vein, and quite straight thence to the anal angle; there is no trace of tails or lobes. The fore wing is not falcate in either sex. The egg and venation are as in amisena and quercetorum. It is a very distinct species, and the male is very richly coloured. One male and several females taken on the pass near Wagung, avoy District, at 1500 feet altitude. S. stimula de Nicéville, the type of which is before me, is, without doubt, only a large example of this species. Traota Moore. Traota Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 101 (1881) ; Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 253 (1885) ; de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. ii. p. 218 (1890). Wings less ample, but strong. Primaries with the costa curved at the base, excavated slightly in the middle, then straight; apex rounded; outer margin convex at apex, then concave; inner margin straight. Costal nervure of medium length, ending about the apex of the discoidal cell: first subcostal nervule curved upwards near the base; second subcostal rising midway between the first and the upper discoidal nervule; third subcostal long, from the subcostal nervure nearer to the apex of the wing than to the origin of the upper discoidal; fourth subcostal (not present in the female) very short, rising close to the apex of the wing; the end of the AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA., 9 subcostal nervure terminates just below the apex of the wing in the male, but at the apex in the female; the lower discoidal nervule rises from the upper discoidal not very far from the origin of the latter; the upper and middle discocellular nervules absent ; lower discocellular upright, slightly concave, rising directly after the origin of the discoidal nervule; second median nervule rising just before the lower end of the cell; submedian nervure straight. Secondaries with the costa evenly curved; the outer margin in the male is slightly scalloped and inwardly oblique, in the female rounded and decidedly scalloped; the submedian nervure is produced into a short tail, generally much longer in the female than in the male, sometimes with a second tail at the end of the first median nervule in the male longer than the other—this tail is always present in the female, but is shorter; sometimes there is a third tail at the termination of the second median nervule, which is the shortest of the three. Anal lobe large and well formed. ‘The costal nervure is curved throughout, but very strongly near the base; first subcostal, rising close to the end of the cell, is likewise curved; upper and lower discocellular nervules slightly concave and outwardly oblique, second median nervule rising near the lower end of the cell; submedian nervure slightly recurved, the internal nervure strongly recurved and long. Antenne rather long, over half the length of the costa. yes smooth. Palpi porrect. Thorax stout. Body fairly robust. The male has a small tuft of hairs just before the middle of the inner margin of the primaries, and a very slight glandular space between the bases of the costal and the subcostal nervures. Larva onisciform, smooth; head small; second segment small, then increasing rapidly to the fifth, afterwards decreasing to the anal segment. Pupa smooth, humped on the thorax; abdominal segments very broad at first, but rapidly decreasing to the tail. De Nicéville says he has only taken specimens of this genus on or near the banian tree, on the leaves and small branches of which they alight. He describes the flight as very powerful and rapid, though the insects soon settle after being disturbed. The triangular shape and strong texture of the wings would lead one to expect that all members of the genus were powerful and rapid fliers. The genitalia are specialised, the tegumen being of a very simple hood-like shape (like a sun-bonnet) with long slender hooks attached very simply to its lower extremity; the lateral supports are slender and the clasps well developed. TRAOTA TIMOLEON (Stoll). (Plate IV. figs. 2 & 2a.) Papilio timoleon Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, Pap. Ex. vol. v. pl. xxxii. figs. 4, 4d, 9 (1790). Amblypodia timoleon Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H.1.C. vol. 1. p. 44. n. 67, pl. xi. figs. 3 larva, 3a pupa (1857); Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. i. pl. ii1., larva and pupa (1882). Traota timoleon Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 249; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 279, pl. xevi., g (1888). VOL. XVII.—PART I. No, 2.—August, 1903. C 10 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE Thecla nila Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv. pt. 2, p. 418. n. 3, pl. iv. figs. 5, 6, § (1844). Traota timoleon de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iti. p. 215. n. 775, pl. xxvii. figs. 192 ¢,193 2 (1890). Hab. China; Bhutan; Kangra District; Masuri; Dalhousie; Chumba, Dagshai, Faizabab ; Julpigori; Sikkim; Cachar; Pachmarli; Orissa; Ganjam; Rutnagherry ; Khandala; Poona; Nilgiris (found only at low elevations). Expanse, ¢ 48, 9 48-56 mm. g. Upperside: both wings black: primaries with a large patch of brilliant deep lustrous azure below the cell, extending from the base across three-quarters of the wing: secondaries with a larger patch of lustrous deep azure between the upper discoidal and the submedian nervure, and extending but little into the cell, and leaving a rather broad black posterior margin; lobe brick-red, the single fairly long grey-tipped tail adjoining it. Underside: primaries blackish, with the whole of the submedian area grey, and the costa and upper half of the posterior margin broadly red; beyond the centre of the costa is an obscure pale greyish patch ; a silvery-white club-shaped stripe extends rather over halfway along the upper edge of the cell, which is closed by a similar white spot; a straight, interrupted, very obscure, whitish-spotted fascia extends from the costa to the lower median nervule, the lower part of which consists of two lunular white spots, the upper part being very obscure; in the red apical area there is a trace of another short whitish-spotted row. Secondaries clouded grey-black and brown, dusted all over more or less thickly with red irrorations ; from the base of the cell up to just beyond the middle of the costal nervure an irregular white patch extends which is narrowed in the middle, and also has a certain amount of red irroration therein; cell partly closed by a short white dash from the middle of the lower median nervule to the abdominal edge; there is a very irregular whitish line, outside which are three longish red spots touching each other, below which is another white stripe; there is a broadish orange patch in the middle of the posterior margin ; lobe velvety red, with grey fringes. 2. Upperside: both wings brown, with two tails; the primaries only with a sub- lustrous violet patch. Underside as in the male, but altogether paler. Horsfield and Moore figure the larva as onisciform and smooth, with a very small head; second segment largish ; third and fourth each larger than its predecessor, then decreasing evenly to the tail. Nearly one inch long. Pinkish, shading off into greenish on the sides; the terminal segments entirely green, with three rows of lateral dots. Pupa dark brown, striped with darker brown. Short and thick; head distinct ; abdomen slightly constricted below the thorax, and roundish at the end. De Nicéville (/. c.) writes that both J. timoleon and mecenas present the same apparent dimorphism in the female, and he continues: “ though these two species are apparently so distinct, I hold to the opinion that breeding will probably prove them to AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. il be but one variable species.” The same opinion is held by Mr. W. Doherty, who writes of J. mecenas, “an extremely variable species wherever I have found it.” I think it by no means improbable that this ‘“ variability is due to seasonal causes, and “that it will hereafter be found that L. timoleon is the rains form and J. mecenas the dry-season form of one species.” The dimorphic female referred to by de Nicéville is very curious, it being occasionally found that some females are as brilliantly and as extensively metallic blue as the males. The prehensores are among the most simple in shape of any that I know; the tegumen is a quite plain hood, with long slender hooks attached to the lower extremities ; the lateral supports long and slight; the clasps fairly developed, ham-shaped, with square extremities whose upper corner is produced. Penis long, with the lower portion ot the tip extended considerably beyond the upper half. Traota M&cENAS (Fabricius). Hesperia mecenas Fabricius, Ent. Syst. vol. iii. pt. 1, p. 271. n. 45 (1793); Donovan, Ins. China, pl. xxxix. fig. 2, d (1798). Deudorix mecenas Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 25. n. 27 (1863); Butl. Cat. Fab. Lep. B.M. p. 180. no. 2 (1869). Iraota mecenas Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 102, pl. xl. figs. 2 ¢, 2@ 9,26 larva and pupa (1881) ; Doherty, J. A. S. B. vol. lv. pt. 2, p. 126. n. 123 (1886). Deudorix timoleon Hewitson, Il]. Diurn. Lep., Lye. pl. vin. fig. 21, 2 (1863). Traota mecenas de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 216 (1890). Hab. China; Hongkong; North India; Ceylon; Jhulaghat; Hastern border of Kumaun; Tanna, or Nasik District; Egutpura, or the Thul Ghat (October), Bombay ; Bhutan, Sikkim (April, November, and December); Mundi, Maswin; Dinapore ; Bholahat; Calcutta; Orissa; Bangalore. Expanse, ¢ 56-48, 2 42-54 mm. é. Upperside: both wings very dark purplish brown, with blue patches deeper in tone than in ¢imoleon, and perhaps rather more extensive in the primaries. Underside: both wings almost precisely as in ¢imoleon, but not quite so dark, and with no silvery-white patch below the costa of the secondaries ; the outline of this patch is, however, quite distinct as a rule. @. Upperside: both wings brown, with a violet or purplish patch of considerable extent on the primaries, whilst on the secondaries this colour is reduced almost to the disc. ‘This species, like ¢¢moleon, has another occasional form of the female just like the male, and I conclude it was from one of this form that Mr. Moore described the species with the male and female similar in colour. ‘The common torm is as described here. I have one specimen also in which the violet-blue colour of the primaries is reduced almost to the discal area. The earlier authors mixed up this and the previous species considerably, but I believe c2 12 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE that de Nicéville (7. c.) has quite correctly elucidated them. Thisspecies may be known from all others by the absence of the silvery-white patch at right angles to the body, just below the costa in the secondaries. It seems to obtain in precisely the same district as témoleon. It would be an interesting life-history to work out, and so prove the correctness of de Nicéville’s theory that it is the dry-season form of that species. Traota RocHANA (Horsfield). Amblypodia rochana Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. p. 108. n. 40 (1829) ; Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. vol. i. p. 44. n. 68, pl. ia. fig. 10, ¢ (1857). Traota rochana Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol. xxi. p. 43 (1886) ; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 217. n. 777 (1890); Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 587; de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 463. n. 383 (1895). Thecla timoleon Boisduval (nec Stoll), Sp. Gén. vol. i. pl. xxi. fig. 4, 2 (1836). Deudoria timoleon Druce, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1878, p. 352. Traota boswelliana Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 258. n. 1, pl. xxii. fig. 23, 9 (1885); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 279, pl. xevi., 9 (1888). Hab. Mergui; Java, Borneo (Kina Balu and Labuan); Penang ; Singapore ; Philippines (Felder); Sumatra. Expanse, ¢ 38-44, @ 43-50 mm. g. Upperside: both wings brownish black, with the blue patches of a pale metallic azure, not the deep blue of the previous two species. Two tails, tipped with white, one at the lobe and one from the end of the lower median nervule; there is also a tooth-like excrescence at the end of the second median nervule. Underside: primaries dark grey with the internal margin quite pale; a silvery-white stripe along the upper discoidal nervure terminating a third before the end of the cell, which is closed by a like- coloured spot, beyond which is a curved row of three silvery-white spots, the lowest being the most outward and forming at the same time the uppermost of a row of three straight, very oblique (inwardly), white spots; the ground beyond the curved row is red up to the submarginal row of white spots, which row is curved outwards in the centre, while beyond this the margin is slightly rufous, and the costal area is also somewhat rufous. Secondaries with the basal half brightly rufous, the extreme basal costa being shortly white; from the base there is a very broad band of creamy silvery touching the costal nervure at and beyond its middle, which sends a creamy stripe to the upper median nervule, thus closing the cell; a toothed whitish stripe runs from the base of the second median nervule to the upper part of the abdominal margin. This rufous area is edged by an irregular, somewhat interrupted, curved stripe of whitish, on the outer margin of which is a row of four or five very deep red, lunular, small spots extending as an interrupted red stripe to the abdominal edge, beyond which is a broad band of neutral grey tapering and narrowing towards the costa and ending in a small red patch ; outside this is a marginal row of spots, the lobe-spot and three beyond it being AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCZNIDZ. 13 velvety-black, while above these the other four are red, the central three being the smallest; all are entirely encircled with white, and the spot next that on the lobe is almost entirely obsolete with superimposed submetallic bluish-grey scales. 2. Upperside: both wings of a somewhat dark golden brown, darker at the extremities, with three distinct white-tipped tails, the upper one being short and broad ; lobe-spot black. I have one specimen before me with a trace of violet scaling on both wings; the brown line in this specimen is quite dark all over. Underside: both wings like the male, but all the silvery-white spots and markings are very much enlarged and intensified throughout, and the submedian area and internal margin in the primaries are whitish, whilst the broad tapering band of the secondaries is ochreous rather than grey. In the specimens with violet scaling on the upperside the costal and subcostal margin of the primaries is orange rather than red, and in the other specimens there is a tendency towards this tone of colour. This species has two tails in the male and three in the female. It may easily be distinguished from the preceding species by the distinct black spots in the anal area, the greater extent of white in the secondaries, and by the pale delicate brown subcostal band preceding the black anal spots. Traova LAZARENA (Felder). (Plate I. fig. 2, 2.) Myrina lazarena, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. vi. p. 293. fraota lazarena, Semper, Schmett. Philip. Ins. Bd. v. p. 195. Hab. Borneo ; Celebes; Philippine Islands (Coll. Senwper). Expanse, ¢ & 2,51 mm. 3. Upperside : both wings brownish black, with a patch of brilliant metallic emerald- green scales, that on the primaries occupying the subdiscal area, but only extending slightly over the submedian nervure, and but little beyond the cell; on the secondaries these scales are more extensive, extending in a line down the median nervure, increasing slightly towards the end of the cell, where it suddenly expands and occupies a good part of the median area; three tails, tipped with white; lobe well developed, with a black eye-spot. Underside: both wings greyish brown: primaries with a white slightly increasing streak occupying nearly the full length of the cell, beyond which is a white spot; transverse band composed of five spots, the first three inclined very obliquely outwards, the first, nearest the costa, being very small, the fourth and fifth inclined very obliquely inwards; a narrow submarginal line of continuous spots; submedian area pale. Secondaries with a short white edging to the base of the costa, followed by a broad stripe of the ground-colour; a broadish white oblique stripe extends from the base to the apex of the costa, interrupted near the apex; in the large area of the darker ground-colour there is a horizontal irregular shortish white stripe ; cell closed by a narrow white line; this dark area is edged yet lower down by 14 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE an irregular indistinct whitish line, this is followed by a very broad paler band of the eround-colour tapering towards the apex, edged outside by a fine, irregular, white line, beyond which is a row of marginal spots, all of which are indistinct except those adjacent to the tails, that by the first short tail being quite black, whilst the lobe-spot is intense velvety black; these are edged above, and the space between them is filled in, with a sparse scattering of submetallic green scales. 2. Upperside: both wings entirely warm darkish brown, with three tails, all white- tipped. The costal area of the secondaries is pale. Beneath, the pattern in both wings is like the male, but all the white markings are greatly accentuated and are brilliantly pearly white, and the darker ground-colour is rich reddish brown, This species is nearest rochana Horsfield, but is very much larger, and the male has three distinct tails, a unique feature in the whole group; the metallic colour is distinctly green in all lights, not blue; and in the secondaries below the white marks are distinct stripes and lines, and not broken up as in rochana. I figure a female from Celebes in my own Collection. Traota NILA Distant. Traota nila Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 462. n. 2, pl. xliv. fig. 24, 9 (1886); Druce, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1895, p. 588, pl. xxxiil. fig. 1, ¢; de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Isiv. pt. 2, p. 463. n. 384 (1895). Hab. Malacca; Borneo; Sumatra; Perak. Expanse, ¢ 39-40, 9 41-42 mm. g. Upperside: both wings blackish with a steely-blue lustre in certain lights, with bright deep blue stripes in the cell, the median interspaces, and the submedian area ; in the secondaries these stripes are confluent, forming a good-sized patch intersected by the blackish nervures, the two tails short tipped with white; lobe small, but well defined ; antenne unusually long and tipped with whitish. Underside: both wings pale ochreous with white spots. Primaries: cell closed by a white spot above and below which are confluent, white marks extending to the costa and lower median nervule, beyond which there is a patch of reddish, edged exteriorly by three white spots, beyond which are three more smaller white spots in the apical area; below the centre of the red patch are two white spots, followed exteriorly by two larger black spots with indefinite reddish margins; submedian area dark grey, below which the ground-colour becomes whitish. Secondaries with three white spots below each other encircled with black rather near the base, beyond which are four more white spots encircled with black, below the lowest of these and nearer the anal angle is an irregular ‘black mark pupilled with white extending to the internal nervure ; at the apex is a good-sized red patch, at the outer edge of which are four small white spots encircled with black; a marginal row of five white dots in the nervule interspaces and an isolated black spot AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 16 in the lower submedian interspace somewhat near the outer margin; tails and lobe velvety black, above which are two ill-defined white marks. 2. Upperside: both wings steely lustrous bluish; costa and outer margins of primaries narrowly brown ; costa of secondaries broadly, outer margin narrowly, brown ; two tails, brown tipped with white. Underside exactly like the male. This is a very beautiful and distinct species. Mr. H. H. Druce has figured, in the ‘ Proceedings Zool. Soc. Lond.’ for the year 1895, a male from Borneo with metallic- green interspaces; this is a very beautiful local race. ‘Two males now before me from Sumatra have no trace of the green in any light, but are deep bright blue. _ This species may be recognized at a glance from any others; it is very much smaller in size. AmBiypopia Horsfield. Amblypodia Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. #.1.C. p. 98 (1829) ; Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 113; Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 275 (1885) ; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p, 208 (1890) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. (in parte), p. 281 (1888) ; Schatz and Rober, Exot. Schmett. p. 275 (1892). Wings broad. Primaries with base curved, apex pointed and acute, costa arched more strongly at base; posterior margin almost straight or very slightly convex in the male, in the female slightly excavated just below the apex, then decidedly convex ; inner margin produced, slightly excavated in the centre. Costal nervure of moderate length, ending just beyond the apex of the cell; first and second subcostal nervules with their bases close together ; third subcostal nervule rising nearer to the base of the wing than to the origin of the upper discoidal; in the female this ends at the apex of the wing, but in the male only a fourth subcostal is present, which is very long, terminating at the apex of the wing, its origin being much nearer the origin of the third subcostal than the apex of the wing; the end of the subcostal nervure terminates in the posterior margin just below the apex; the upper discoidal nervure rises from the subcostal long before the apex of the cell, whilst the lower discoidal rises from the upper, well beyond its origin, the base of which is deflexed; lower discocellular nervule upright, slightly concave, twice as long as the middle discocellular; second median nervure rising some way before the lower end of the cell; submedian nervure straight at the base, then slightly deflexed towards the apex. Secondaries very consider- ably more ample in the female than in the male; costa and posterior margin strongly curved, the latter excavated before the submedian nervure, which is produced into a short stout tail; a moderate-sized anal lobe, above which the internal or abdominal margin is somewhat excavated, but is afterwards convex. Costal nervure strongly arched, long, ending at the apex of the wing; first subcostal nervule rising some way before the apex of the cell; upper discocellular nervule shorter than the lower, straight and outwardly oblique ; lower discocellular slightly concave, the secona median nervule rises close to the lower end of the cell, submedian nervure almost straignv: internal neryure 16 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE short, strongly recurved. Antenne short, about one-third the length of the costa. Eyes smooth. Palpi porrect, longish; thorax stout; body robust; legs short and thick. The arrangement of the discoidal nervules is quite remarkable, and I believe is peculiar to this genus and to Iraota Moore—at least, I do not know of any other “Old World” Lyceenidee which have it. Horsfield figures the larvee of the usual Lycenid shape with small head and second segment much larger, segments getting wider up to the seventh, then decreasing ; the constrictions between the segments are fairly well marked, the sides of the body being slightly bristled. Pupa attenuated in a very unusual manner, with the head round, thorax humped, abdominal segments slender, and tail sharply pointed. Mr. Doherty in describing the egg of A. narada Horsfield says it is “ large, coarse, and overlaid with white, roughly tubercular, and indented with spaces obscurely hexagonal. It greatly resembles that of most of the ‘ Thecline.’” The tegumen and lateral supports of the prehensores are more fully developed in this genus, whilst the clasps though smaller are very unusual in shape. Penis small. AMBLYPODIA NARADA Horsfield. (Plate IV. figs. 3 & 3a.) Amblypodia narada Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. p. 98. n. 80. Thecla narada, Horsfield, op. cit. pl. i. fig. 8 o, pl. iv. figs. 4 larva, 4@ pupa (1829) ; Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. vol. i. p. 39. n, 51, pl. i. figs. 4 larva, 4.@ pupa (1857); Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 276. n. 1, pl. xxi. fig. 28, g (1885); de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 210 (1890). Amblypodia taoona Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 835; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 211. Amblypodia narada Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p.587; de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 463 (1895). Hab. Mergui; Penang; Malacca, Java, Andamans, Mindanao, Palawan, Mindoro; Borneo; Nias. Expanse, ¢ 51-56, 2 50-58 mm. g. Upperside: both wings bright purplish blue (I cannot call any male Amblypodia that I have seen true ultramarine-blue, as all had a tinge of purple). Primaries with a moderately broad blackish apex, decreasing in width along the posterior margin; costa rather narrowly black, but variable. Secondaries with costa and apex very broadly (but variably) brown, tapering down narrowly to the upper median nervule, whence to the anal angle the margin is quite narrow; internal margin very broadly brown. Underside: both wings rufous brown ; a dark sinuous line passes from the apex of the primaries obliquely through both wings, terminating above the centre of the abdominal margin; from this line to the base the whole of the ground is dark blackish brown with no definite markings therein. In the primaries midway between this line and the posterior margin there is a row of obscure reddish spots darkly edged, those nearest AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENIDA, 17 the apex being only dark dots; the ground-colour is darker at the apex and anal angle. Secondaries with a similar broad row of confluent spots darkly edged, beyond which edging there is a whitish diffused internal and external scaling ; lobe reddish; the lobe is very well developed and adjoins a short stout tail; marginal area dark. 2. Upperside: both wings brown, primaries with a good-sized pale azure patch, secondaries with the azure patch very much reduced in size. Underside: both wings ochreous grey, with the oblique stripe passing through both wings, the ground-colour being rather darker up to the base ; the other markings as in the male, but approaching evanescence. This species is most variable, individuals from every island apparently presenting minor differences which it would be absurd to name. A form found in Nias has the female of the same blue colour as the male, an almost unicolorous dark underside with the oblique stripe as usual, but the lobe has a large velvety-black spot with two or three black marginal spots beyond, all the spots being broadly encircled with glaucous: this form I also have before me from Borneo, but the underside is paler. A form found in several of the Philippine Islands has the male with a pale violet patch on the upperside, while the female is not quite so blue as in the type-species, but the underside is strongly tinged with olive-green or olive-brown and is also almost unicolorous. Specimens of this form occasionally present a trace of the black spots at the anal angle. I have no doubt at all that A. taooana Moore is merely a bright specimen of this species, the blue colour of which varies a good deal. The width of the black border not only varies a good deal in the female but in the males also. The clasps of the prehensores are very peculiar, being small for the size of the insect, but the extremities are strongly serrate and produced upwards into a long straight extension and attached to the laterals by a fine covering of thin chitine; the penis is short and stout. AMBLYPODIA ANDERSONII Moore. Amblypodia andersonii Moore, Journ. A.S. B. vol. li. pt.2, p. 43 (1884) ; id. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. vol. xxi. p. 44, pl. iv. fig. 4, g (1886); de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 211 (1890). Hab. Sampu; Sullivan Island, Mergui (January). Expanse, ¢, 1°75 inches (de Nicéville). “4 smaller than A. faooana Moore. Upperside: both wings of a similar tint of ultramarine-blue, with much narrower marginal border. Underside: both wings much darker coloured, but similarly marked ” (Moore, /.¢.). The unique type of this species is in the Indian Museum at Calcutta. De Nicéville says that the blue colour is rich and beautiful, and is unlike anything else in the genus, except that he has one specimen of the true A. narada Horsfield with which it entirely agrees. The probability is that this therefore is only an aberration of Horsfield’s insect. I keep them separate, as I have been unable to see the type. VOL. XVII.—-PaRT I. No. 3.—August, 1903. D 2 18 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE AMBLYPODIA ANITA Hewitson. Amblypodia anita Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 14. n. 66, pl. vii. figs. 90, 91, g (1862) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 147. n. 8; Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 403. Amblypodia narada var. erichsonii Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, J. A.S. B. vol. xlix. pt. 2, p. 234. n. 53 (1880) ; et vol. 1. pt. 2, p. 250. n. 74 (1881) ; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. i. p. 211 (1890). Amblypodia naradoides Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 141; et Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 114, pl. xliii. figs. 1, 1 a, @ (1881); de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. i. p. 212 (1890). Amblypodia darana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 141; et Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 114, pl. xliii. fig. 2, 9 (1881); de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol, 11. p. 212 (1890). Amblypodia arracana Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 268 (1887) ; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 213 (1890). Amblypodia anita Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 587. Hab. Siam, Madras, Sikkim, Sumatra, Ceylon, Arracan Hills; Mangioli, Sula Island. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 50-57 mm. g. Upperside: both wings dull violet. Primaries with the posterior margin rather broadly blackish, and the costa less broadly so. Secondaries with costa very broadly and posterior margin narrowly blackish, lobe dull red. ‘Tail stout. Underside: both wings rufous brown, with an oblique transverse black line from the apex of the primaries going right through both wings to the middle of the abdominal margin ; from this line both wings are more or less suffused with dark scales—this, however, is very variable indeed, the wings being occasionally almost uniform in colour. ‘The primaries have a very obscure submarginal spotted row, frequently almost obsolete, and the secondaries, as well as the lobe-spot of the secondaries, are black, and there is also an obscure black marginal spot between the second and lower median nervules. 2. Upperside: both wings blackish brown, with the submedian and discal areas dull slightly lustrous violet ; in the secondaries this colour is confined to the discal and median areas. I have before me another form of this sex in which the patches on the wings are brightish purplish blue. Underside of both just like male, but with the transverse lines more marked and a slight grey scaling at the anal angle. I am quite unable to differentiate Mr. Moore’s species and have most reluctantly been compelled to sink his names, as I really cannot find any true points of distinction. When the males are quite indistinguishable I do not consider it wise to make a species on account of the female being of a different form to that usually found: this surely peints to nothing else than a dimorphic female, the original one probably being brown, whilst the purplish one is a more recent development. The colour of {this species being so constant, it appears to be advisable to retain the name as distinct from narada, it being an easily recognisable form. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENIDE. 19 AMBLYPODIA ANNETTA Staudinger. Amblypodia annetta Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 281, Taf. 96, 3 (1889). Amblypodia annetta var. anna Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 282 (1889). Hab. Batchian; Waigeoe ; Saparua; Amboina. Expanse, ¢ 45-49, 9 53-50 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings very dark brown, primaries with a discal and submedian patch of submetallic purplish blue; secondaries with the blue confined almost to the discal and median areas. ‘The colour of this patch is given to vary somewhat, as I have a specimen in which it is metallic deep azure and another in which it is metallic blue of lavender tinge. Underside: both wings uniformly rather dark brown, occasionally with a purple tinge; primaries without any mark at all: secondaries with a submarginal lunulated whitish interrupted stripe, preceded internally by a most obscure dark line ; there is also a marginal pale spotted row most obscure at the apex, but quite distinct at and near the anal angle; lobe-spot blackish. 1 have two specimens from Waigeoe, in both of which there is a distinct trace of the transverse line extending through both wings; this is entirely wanting in the type specimens from Batchian. @. Upperside: both wings dark brown, with a much more limited patch (even than the male) of very pale greyish lustrous blue. Underside: both wings pale purplish greyish brown, with a dark oblique stripe through both wings ; the posterior margin of primaries broadly brown (not grey or purplish) ; secondaries with a submarginal tapering spotted row palely edged on both sides, lobe-spot blackish. ‘This description is taken from Waigeoe specimens, as I do not possess a male from Batchian. The var. anna Staudinger is really not worthy of a name, the only difference being that the blue has a slightly lavender tinge, and this, as we have seen, is variable, as also is the pattern of the underside, or more accurately, I might say, absence of pattern; the female on the underside is precisely the same as the type female, but the blue of the upperside has a slight greenish tinge, otherwise there is no difference. The species may be recognised from the others by the very small expanse of blue in the males and by the different shape of the wings. AMBLYPODIA FAISINA Ribbe. Amblypodia faisina Ribbe, Iris, vol. xii. p. 252, Taf. iv. fig. 16, 2 (1899). Hab. Faisi Island (Bismarck Archipelago). This species is very near A. annetta Stgr., having been described from a unique female which is the exact colour above of a female of Staudinger’s species ; but Ribbe’s insect is smaller and can also be recognised by the broad pale band on the underside of both wings. 20 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE AMBLYPODIA HAINANA Crowley. Amblypodia hainana, Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1900, p. 508. Hab. Hainan. Expanse 56 mm. I have not been able to see this species, but it should be recognised without difficulty by its large size, for it is about 10 millimetres larger than any specimen of the genus that I have seen. Manatuata Moore. Mahathala Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 702; de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. ii. p. 282 (1890). Apporasa Moore, J. A. S. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 88 (1884) ; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 224 (1890). Wings broad, short. In the primaries the costal nervure is less than half the length of the costa, terminating well in front of the apex of the discoidal cell; the first and second subcostal and the upper discoidal nervules all have their bases about equidistant ; the third subcostal nervule is short, rising nearer the apex of the wing than of the cell; the middle discocellular nervule is very short, straight, and outwardly oblique ; the lower discocellular is nearly four times as long as the middle, concave, and nearly straight. Second median nervule given off some little distance before the lower apex of the cell; first median bent downwards near the base. In the secondaries the costal nervure is strongly sinuate and bent upwards at the end; the first subcostal nervule arises some way before the end of the cell, and is strongly and somewhat evenly arched. The upper discocellular nervule is straight and very oblique inwardly, whilst the lower is likewise equally oblique inwardly, thus forming a < shape. The second median nervule is given off almost at the juncture of the upper median, but just below it—. e. just in front of the lower end of the cell. The submedian nervure is nearly straight ; the internal nervure short and sinuous. ‘The abdominal margin is decidedly excised, and thus forms a distinct anal lobe. The antenne are very short, about a third the length of the costa. De Nicéville (/. c.) says :—“ Although Apporasa atkinsoni possesses a tail similar to Wahathala ameria Hewitson, and the costa of the hind wing is also somewhat similar, yet it is, I believe, nearer to Thaduka mulicaudata Moore than to that species. It has the costa of the fore wing arched as in 7. multicaudata (con- siderably more so than in J. ameria).”” Doherty (J. A. S. B. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 423) says that “the genus Apporasa differs from Mahathala in the less acuminate apex of the hind wing, in the egg (which is covered with triangles and tubercles instead of quadrangles and spines, a difference which in this group is of small importance), and in the more undulate margin of the hind wing”; and he continues :—* But athkinsoni when sitting on a tree-trunk has a marvellous resemblance to a patch of lichen, and AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENID, 21 the irregular outline adds to the effect. Mimicry of this sort is a sign of great flexi- bility of structure, and such genera must be judged by severer canons than others, so perhaps Apporasa had better be sunk in Mahathala.” I entirely agree with Mr. Doherty in this; the neuration is the same, the arch of the costa of the primaries is rather stronger than in J. ameria, but decidedly less strong than in 7. multicaudata; the costa of the secondaries is precisely the same as in Mahathala, and therefore I do not see what use there is in separating the two genera— in fact, I do not see what characters there are to enable us to separate them. The prehensores are highly developed; the tegumen is very ample, with strong straight hooks, with a considerable muscular attachment; the clasps are also unusually ample and peculiar. The penis is short and stout. I have described and figured them under the species IZ. ameria Hew. MAHATHALA ATKINSONI (Hewitson). Amblypodia atkinsoni Hewitson, I]. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 14g. n. 99, pl. iii 4. figs. 48, 49 (1869). Apporasa atkinsoni Moore, J. A.S. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 88 (1884); de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iu. p. 224. n. 784 (1890). Mahathala (Apporasa) atkinsoni Doherty, J. A. S. B. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 423 (1889). Hab. Moulmein; Myitta (Tenasserim Valley), Tilin Maw, and Katha District, N. Burma (Coll. de Nicéville). Expanse 42-45 mm. g. Upperside: primaries very dark blackish brown, tinged with purple; costa lightly spotted, with the discoidal and submedian areas pale lustrous violet-blue (I cannot possibly call it purple); secondaries dark brown, with a similar violet-blue patch as the primaries. Underside: primaries dark brown, posterior margin densely irrorated with grey ; costa irrorated and speckled with a similar colour; a whitish dash across the centre of the cell, which is closed by two broad, short, whitish dashes out- lining a sort of spot, beyond which is a dark spot laterally edged with whitish ; below this several indefinite whitish spots, and the submedian area is also whitish. Secondaries paler brown, mottled and densely irrorated all over with reddish grey or grey tinged with lilac; the cell is closed by a dark mark, and there are one or two spots at the base; a very few metallic bronzy-green scales are scattered here and there over the wing indefinitely. All the markings are most indefinite on both wings, and the few bronzy scales would render the mimicry of lichen (to which Mr. Doherty likens the underside) about perfect. ¢. Exactly like the male, except that the blue of the under surface is paler, bluer. brighter, and more extensive. This is apparently a very rare insect ; it has been described for more than thirty years, and there are but few collections in which specimens appear. It is a beautiful and yery interesting species, and is readily separable from any others of the genus by the 22 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE paler blue and broad margins of the male, as also by the curious colour of the under surface. MAHATHALA AMERIA (Hewitson). (Plate IV. figs. 4, 4a.) Amblypodia ameria Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 14. n. 64, pl. vill. figs. 85, 86, 9 (1862). Mahathala ameria Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 703; Rothney, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xix. p. 35 (1882). Narathura ameria Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 268. n. 13, pl. xxi. fig. 30, 2 (1885). Mahathala ameria de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 288. n. 848, pl. xxvii. fig. 200, ¢ (1890). Arhopala (Mahathala) ameria de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. 8. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 470 (1895). Hab. Northern India; Siam; Hainan; China; Barrackpur; Mergui; Perak ; Beerbhum District ; Calcutta; Goalpora; Sibsagar; Chittagong Hill Tracts ; Sumatra (Paul Staudinger) ; Java. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 37-40 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dull purple; primaries with costa rather narrowly, and posterior margin less narrowly, black ; secondaries with apex and costa broadly, and posterior margin less broadly, blackish. Tail rather long, broad, and _ spatulate, scalloped on each side so as to form a short tooth-like projection. Underside : primaries coffee-brown, with pale submedian area; spots scarcely darker than ground, laterally edged with greyish white, one in the centre of the cell and one more distinct closing it; below these are two divided by the lower median nervule, above them are often (not always) one or two obscure spots; transverse band broken outwardly after the first and after the second spot, and inwardly after the fourth spot, terminating on the lower median nervule beyond this; costa and apex sprinkled with grey irrorations ; marginal row lunular. Secondaries dark brown, with all the ground between the fascize closely irrorated with greyish ; the basal area is very irregularly spotted and blotched with reddish brown; a reddish-brown irregular fascia from apex to near the base of the abdominal margin, beyond which is another broad irregular fascia from the upper discoidal nervule to the middle of the abdominal margin ; marginal row obscure but dark ; lobe well formed. 9. Precisely like the male in every particular, except that the purple area of the upperside is much more restricted. The female of this species is subject to considerable variation both as to the colour of the blue and as to its extent. I have specimens before me with the purple occupying an area only just beyond the outer jimit of the cell, and others which are bright rich blue, with only a broad dark posterior margin and broader apex. L believe that the male also varies in colour, for Mr. de Nicéville says the male is not purple but rich deep blue. The clasping-organs here figured are, however, from a specimen which is quite purple and very dull in tone, and I may say that I have not seen a really blue male. ‘These organs are strongly specialised in this genus. The AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENIDZ. 23 tegumen consists of a very ample and substantial hood, to the lower part of which are affixed, by a strong muscular attachment, the hooks, which are very robust and straightish, with a slight deflection at their tips. The clasps are unusually fully developed, and are excised in the middle so as to form the extremities into two strong points. ‘The penis is short, with the hinder two-thirds very large. MAHATHALA HAINANI, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 1.) Hab. Isle of Hainan. Expanse 48 mm. 2. Upperside: both wings very dark purplish brown; primaries with a good-sized patch of violet-blue over the discal submedian and two-fifths of the median areas ; secondaries with the violet-blue onlv a little beyond the discal cell. Underside: primaries coffee-brown (more or less dark), with three very short and fine white dashes in the cell; cell closed by a spot laterally edged very finely with whitish, below which is a longish spot edged above with white; basal area dark up to just beyond the cell, whence the submedian area is quite pale; transverse band of moderately equal width, strongly curved from the costa to the upper discoidal nervule, from where it descends almost straight to the lower median nervule, below which is an irregular spot shifted inwards; margin rather broadly dark purplish grey. Secondaries: basal area to well beyond the celi very dark reddish brown, whence to the margin it is of an indescribable reddish grey of a lustrous texture, having almost exactly the same appearance as in an insect that is greasy, the separation between the two areas being quite sharply defined; in the basal area there are traces of a spot across the cell, of one below it, and of a larger one closing the cell, but they are most obscure ; in the lustrous outer area the dark thrice-broken transverse panel is quite distinct from the upper discal to the internal nervure, and is of moderately equal width ; marginal area broadly dark. From J. ameria Hewitson this species may be distinguished by its much larger size and by the blue of the secondaries being so much reduced in its extent, whilst the general appearance beneath is quite different, owing to the uniformity of general tone, though the pattern is very similar; it is, however, much darker, with the whole of the base dark chestnut, and there is a distinct satiny gloss over the whole of the secondaries. I haye two females from the Isle of Hainan. MAHATHALA GONE Druce. Mahathala gone Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p.593. Hab. Mongolia. Expanse 47 mm. 24 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE This species is described from a unique type, and is certainly somewhat different from ameria Hew. It would be very satisfactory if we were able to get other specimens from the same district. THapuka Moore. Thaduka Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 836 ; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iti. p. 225 (1890). The neuration is almost the same as in Mahathala, but in the primaries the third subcostal nervule is longer ; whilst in the secondaries the costal nervure is bent down- wards, not upwards, the subcostal nervule is not nearly so strongly arched, and the internal nervure is decidedly longer than in that genus. ‘The two discocellular nervules of the secondaries are each inclined outwards, being thus of exactly the reverse position to that in Mahathala, and the lower discocellular nervule is very decidedly longer than the upper. The costa of the primaries is more strongly arched than in Mahathala. Palpi slender. Antenne short. Body stout. This genus may be known from all others by its species having three tails, two of which are somewhat spatulate. Some species of Jrwota have three tails, but they are long and by no means broad. ‘The genitalia approach closely to the pattern of the genus Arhopala, with the fully-developed tegumen and the small clasps. THADUKA MULTICAUDATA Moore. (Plate IV. figs. 5 & 5a.) Thaduka multicaudata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 836, pl. li. fig. 7, 2; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 225. n. 785, pl. xxvii. fig. 196, 9 (1890). Hab. Upper Tenasserim ; Nilgiris (January, August, and September). Expanse, ¢ 38-44, 9 44-48 mm. g. Upperside: both wings purplish black, with the basal, discoidal, and submedian areas very pale silvery blue; abdomen and fold greyisn. Underside: both wings dark vinous brown. Primaries with the posterior half and the submedian space hoary; the central cell-spot is indistinctly outlined by pale bluish, and the spot closing the cell is grey with superimposed bluish scales; the dark catenulated transverse band is distinct and composed of six spots, the upper three oblique outwardly, the second and third being dislocated, the fourth, fifth, and sixth dropping almost perpendicularly from the third, while all are palely edged; submarginal row of <-shaped shading distinct. Secondaries with the three dark, irregular, ill-defined, maculate, transverse bands palely edged generally; these markings are sometimes very indistinct indeed; anal area with a slight suffusion of bronzy-green or bluish scales, which are sometimes scattered sparingly over other parts of the wing. @. Upperside: like the male, but with the blue not quite so pale (not silvery) and bluer. Underside like the male, but not so dark and browner, the markings decidedly more distinct and the metallic-bronzy scaling more abundant. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENID. 25 I am indebted to the kindness of Sir G. F. Hampson for being able to determine the sexes of this species; be kindly obtained for me a couple of specimens, which proved to be a male and female, whose clasping-organs I mounted. The insect is recognisable at a glance, but I have no doubt that the males have often hitherto been mistaken for females, as the extent of blue is quite the same, and there is very little difference in the colour. In de Nicéville’s collection there is now a good series of this insect, the specimens of which are labelled with dates; some from the Nilgiris are dated January 1; from Atarem Valley (Tenasserim) February ; the majority from the Nilgiris, however, were taken in August and September. The genitalia are rather small. The tegumen is composed of a full hood, the hooks having a strong muscular attachment, straightish as in Mahathala ameria, but with a decided deflexion. The clasps are small, with the extremities projected well outwards, which can be seen better in the figure (Pl. IV. fig. 5) than it can be described. The penis is unusually short and moderately robust. ARHOPALA Boisduval. Arhopala Boisduval, Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 75 (1832). Narathura Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 835; Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 259 (1885). Nilasera Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. 1. p. 114 (1881). Panchala Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 251; Distant, op. cit. p. 272. Satadra Moore, J. A. 8. B. vol. liu. pt. 1. p. 38 (1884). Acesina Moore, tom. cit. p. 41. Darasana Moore, tom. cit. p. 42. Flos and Iois Doherty, J. A. 8. B. vol. lviii. pt. i. pp. 411, 412 (1889). Arhopala and Acesina de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. i. pp. 226, 280 (1890). Amblypodia (auctorum). Wings broad and ample. Primaries: costa variable, nearly straight, slightly arched or decidedly arched, sometimes somewhat depressed towards the apex; apex acute or subacute ; outer margin occasionally straight or sometimes evenly convex, and some- times concave below the apex, then convex; inner margin generally, not always, slightly hollowed in the centre; costal nervure short but variable, never reaching as far as the end of the cell; first and second subcostal and upper discoidal nervules with their bases nearly equidistant. Third subcostal nervule rising nearer to the apex of the wing than to the apex of the cell, variable in length, but generally short ; middle disco- cellular nervule rising some little way beyond the source of the upper discoidal, very short, straight, outwardly oblique ; lower discocellular nervule variable, sometimes twice as long or up to four times as long as the middle discocellular, straight, generally but not always slightly inwardly oblique. Second median nervule rising some way from the lower end of the cell; lowest median nervule bent downwards and curved. Median VOL. XVII.—ParT I. No, 4.—August, 1903. E 26 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE nervure angled upwards to the origin of the latter nervule. Submedian nervure some times straight, often waved. Hind wing generally ample, sometimes with no tail, generally with a tail at the end of the first median nervule, which is sometimes little more than a tooth, but varies considerably, and is not unfrequently long; sometimes there is a second very short tooth-like projection at the end of the second median nervule, and occasionally yet a third very short one at the end of the submedian nervure. Anal angle sometimes round or sharply angled or sometimes distinctly lobed. Inner margin variable, straight, emarginate, or rounded. Costa evenly arched, sometimes flattened, sometimes waved. Costal nervure generally well arched, but sometimes con- siderably straighter. First subcostal nervule well arched, rising generally well before the apex of the cell; upper discocellular nervule shorter than the lower, rather concave, and somewhat oblique outwardly; lower discocellular erect, or somewhat oblique inwardly, or occasionally straight, rarely concave. Second median nervule rising just before the lower end of the cell; submedian nervure waved; internal nervure recurved. Antenne short, generally less than half the length of the costa, with a shght graduated club. Palpi rather long, porrect. Eyes smooth. Body generally decidedly robust. The larva is said to be onisciform, flattened in the anal region, and bristly laterally. Pupa of the usual Lycznid shape. Boisduval created the genus Arhopala and placed in it two new species, one from New Guinea and the other from the Aru Islands, which he named _ respectively A. phryxus and A, meander. Unfortunately he did not diagnose the genus, and until within the last decade the brothers Felder are the only authors who have used it. In 1888 Dr. Staudinger drew attention to it in his ‘ Exotische Schmetterlinge,’ and since then it has been generally accepted in a more or less restricted manner; de Nicéville, however, was the first who used it in its wide and, as I believe, correct sense. Distant, in his ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana,’ does not use it at all. Mr. Moore, however, has split the genus up considerably, creating no less than seven genera out of it, of which I can only retain one, viz. Mahathala. Acesina, which de Nicéville retains with doubt, has somewhat distinct markings below, but they coincide precisely with the general Arhopala pattern, and there is no structural difference whatever. As regards the structural characters relied on by Mr. Moore in the genera that he suggested, there is not one that is constant ; the whole are extremely variable, even in the species which are most nearly allied, and no good can be gained by subdividing a large and well-marked genus like this, merely for the sake of making it less unwieldy, when no definite and good characters can be given. 1 feel, therefore, with all deference to so old and experienced an observer, that I cannot adopt his ideas on this point. I have examined a considerable number of the prehensores of the males, but do not find that they aid much in this respect, and it seems very doubtful if the eggs will be sufficiently well known in our generation to be of any use in the matter. The headquarters of the genus are India AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCZNID#. 27 and the Malay region; species occur, however, in China and Japan, also in Australia and some of the small islands of the Pacific, such as New Britain and the Solomon Group. In colour the species are nearly all blue or purple, though a few are of a brilliant lustrous metallic green, whilst one or two are almost brown. In the case of the green species, however, the females are all blue or purple, and were it not for the pattern below coinciding precisely (as it does in every case) they would be, and occasion- ally have been, looked upon as distinct species. Distant remarks upon the shade of the blue varying considerably in the same species, whilst de Nicéville disagrees with the assertion. I think that now the latter author would probably have qualified this had he been alive. I have found decided differences in the colour of the same species, but how that difference has arisen I am not prepared to say. I think it is quite possible that it is a chemical change, for the specimens look quite fresh, so that it is not unlikely that it may have been thus produced. The colours of the whole of the group are aniline—that is to say, they can only be compared to aniline colours,—and I believe the majority of them could not be made up from the colours of the spectrum; they may therefore be more lable to change than otherwise. I have not found the difficulty in recognising Hewitson’s species that some have, and I believe I have been successful in nearly every case; all that I found necessary was time and care. De Nicéville and Martin say (J. A.S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. ii. p. 470):—*« This genus is one of the most largely represented in Sumatra, which may perhaps be its headquarters, though the Malay Peninsula may possibly possess quite as many species. All are found in forests, but, nevertheless, their more or less metallic-blue, purple, and green colours are not at all conspicuous, and they do little to enliven the sombre depths of the forest, as the restless species of Lampides do. Arhopalas never come to small streams or damp spots on roads to suck up the moisture, or to flowers; they hardly ever fly unless disturbed, and as they always settle with folded wings, of which the undersides present only dull brown, grey, or dull purple colour, little is seen of them. They rest on leaves of shrubs of moderate height, and never fly for any length of time to a distance, feeling themselves much more secure when at rest. There is therefore only one way to see and capture them, and that is to walk through the underwood and disturb them by beating the bushes and low trees, and thus to cause them to fly.” And, again, de Nicéville says (Butt. Ind. /. ¢.): “Many species seem to be common where they occur, others, again, appear to be very rare. Owing to their skulking habits, there is a good deal of difficulty in collecting them.” The genitalia follow one pattern very closely, having the tegumen composed of an ample hood with strong muscular hooks straightish, 7. e. not elbowed, the clasps decidedly small, and the penis of a medium size, Lo (os) MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA HERCULES (Hewitson). (Plate IV. figs. 6 & 6 a.) Amblypodia hercules Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 3. n. 14, pl. vin. figs. 92 & 93, 3 (1862). Arhopala tyrannus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. i. p. 225. n. 247, tab. xxix. figs. 1 & 2, ¢ (1865). Arhopala hercules Hew., Staudinger, Ex. Schmett. p. 280, Taf. xevi., g (1888). Arhopala tyrannus Felder, Staudinger, Ex. Schmett. p. 280. Arhopala hercules var. herculina Staudinger, Ex. Schmett. p. 280. Arhopala leo Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 254 (1894). Hab. Makassar; Java; (?) Halmaheira; Waigeoe; N. Guinea, Humboldt Bay ; Gilolo and Ati Ati (N. Guinea). Expanse, ¢ & 2, 62-75 mm. This species is the largest and one of the handsomest of the genus, its wing-expanse frequently reaching 75 mm. It has been recorded from many of the Malay Islands, and extends as far as New Guinea, this being apparently its eastern limit. In the figure of the genitalia, I would draw attention to the straight sword-like hook and the peculiar upward extension of the clasp. Var. LEO Druce. Differs from hercules on the under surface in that the colour is hoary and tinged with very pale green, the transverse fascia on the primaries is more broken, and the same fascia on the secondaries is quite broken up beyond the fracture at the lower discal vein, and does not continuously extend to the internal vein. This was described by Druce from Humboldt Bay, New Guinea, whence I have several specimens; it forms an excellent transition to Staudinger’s form ‘ herculina” from Waigeoe. Var. HERCULINA Stgr. (Plate I. fig. 9.) ¢. Upper surface blue, brighter with less purple in it than hercules. Under surface with a very slight trace of green on the basal area of both wings, which is often entirely absent, the whole surface being pinkish grey; the transverse band in the primaries is more or less broken into a continuous chain of spots, not an unbroken band as in hercules, aud this also applies to the same band in the secondaries, which furthermore is sometimes fractured between the subcostal and the upper discocellular veins, and at the upper and the lower median veins. At the anal angle there is no metallic scaling as is usual in hercules. ?. Brown all over, a shade lighter beyond the discal area of both wings. I have another form brown, with a whitish patch beyond the discoidal cell in the primaries, over which a number of fine pale lavender-coloured scales are very distinctly spread. A third form before me is Staudinger’s blue female, which, as he says in his original description, is almost as blue as the male, the apical and costal areas being broadly brown, the expanse of blue equalling that of leo. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCEHNIDZ. 29 This is a very interesting form indeed, for it is an insect that I should say was in a transitional state, either adapting itself to new conditions, or, finding itself hard pushed for existence, seizing on certain advantages of colour; for far from being of the very constant form of the parent species, individuals of this variety differ inter se on the underside in the pattern very considerably. They are in size rather smaller than hercules. Staudinger described his variety from Waigeoe, but we have since received examples from Halmaheira, from which island I have one without any transverse band on the primaries. Mr. Druce regards the entirely brown females as belonging, possibly, to a distinct species; I have some now before me, but they are without doubt of the same species. It is no more than a case of reversion. Var. TYRANNUS Felder. ¢. Just like hercules Hew., except that the underside is brown with no trace whatever of green, and the pattern is merely of a darker shade. ?. Upper surface entirely dark brown. Under surface like the male. I have one specimen from Ati Ati, on the west coast of New Guinea, which forms a transition from herculina to tyrannus. This species is apparently confined to the Malay Archipelago, where it is evidently dominant, setting up local forms in various islands. I have examined a very large number of specimens and find small divergencies arising in many cases, and have no doubt that the varieties described are local forms of Hewitson’s species. ARHOPALA ATE (Hewitson). Amblypodia ate Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 8. n. 32, pl. 1. fig. 4 (1869). Hab. Amboina. Expanse 47-49 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings purplish blue, very slightly lustrous in certain lights, shaded with a brownish lustre. Primaries with costa and posterior margin narrowly brown, but slightly increasing at the anal angle. Lobe fairly developed; tail brown, white-tipped, and rather long, a tooth-like projection at the end of the second median nervure. Underside brown, slightly lustrous, with darker spots and fascia palely margined. Primaries with a small dot in the cell beyond the middle; cell closed by a rather small elongated spot, below the cell is an obscure darker spot; transverse band almost continuous, slightly-oblique outwardly, rather narrow and tapering rapidly to the lower median nervule where it ends; submarginal row obscure, submedian area paler. Secondaries rather darker than primaries, with three minute basal spots, the upper one the darkest, followed by three more very small spots below each other; cell closed by a very narrow, elongated, curved spot; transverse band continuous, almost straight, moderately broad to the spot between the lower and submedian nervures, Oo 50 MR. G. T, BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE which is shifted well inwards, and is almost confluent with the long spot extending up to the internal nervure; submarginal band broad and distinct to the second median nervule. Lobe-spot black, and a black spot between each of the two following nervure- spaces, each broadly edged above with brilliant, very pale, greenish-blue, metallic scales, over which is greyish irroration. Hewitson says: “ Probably only variety of A. adatha” (I. ¢.). ‘The species has no close affinity with adatha Hew. I have examined his type and have a specimen also from the same locality (ex Mus. Dr. Staudinger) ; it is really more like a miniature hercules, and will be best placed next to that insect. It has apparently neyer been noticed by collectors since it was described, and the only specimens known to me are in Hewitson’s collection and one in Staudinger’s collection, so that it seems to be confined to the little island of Amboina. ARHOPALA PHILANDER Felder. (Plate IV. figs. 7 & 7a.) Arhopala philander Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. 1. p. 226, tab. xxix. fig. 9, 3. Arhopala periander Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. vol. i. p. 582 (1894) ; id. Rhop. Exot., Lyc. vol. ui. (1898). Hab. Halmaheira, Batchian. Expanse, ¢ 47-00, 2 52 mm. 3. Upperside: primaries and secondaries deep blue, slightly lustrous, with very narrow black costal and posterior margins to the primaries; in the secondaries the costal border is broad, the posterior margin narrow, the abdominal fold entirely dark brown up to the submedian nerve; the lobe is very slightly developed and is black. Underside: both wings uniform brown, internal margin of primaries paler. Disco- cellular spots three, dark brown, encircled with grey, increasing in size, the last one closing the cell, below which and the central spot is another spot palely encircled. The transverse band from the costa to the lower median nervule, increasing in width to just below the second median nervule, is bordered on each side with grey ; touching this band below the third median nervule is another spot placed nearer the base ; submarginal band distinct but ill-defined, with a narrow posterior and a broad interior lighter edge. Secondaries with four small basal darker spots palely encircled below one another, the second placed a little inwards, and the fourth on the outside of the internal nervure, outside these are three larger ones corresponding in position to the three upper basal spots. ‘The cell is closed by a long quadrate spot, below which is another small spot fillimg up the interior end space between the second and lower median nervule. Band continuous, but somewhat fractured at the upper discoidal nervure and also at the lower median, whence it is continued upwards to the internal nervure following the course of the margin. There is an indefinite trace of a submarginal darker shading, between which and the median band is a pale grey AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENIDA. 31 shading ; above the anal angle the lobe-spot is black, edged above with a green iridescence, which is extended up to the second median nervule, and underneath which black spots show through the green scaling. ‘The margin has a very fine grey border at the anal area. Tail brown, tipped with white. 2. Upperside: blue rather brighter than in male, extended almost all over both wings; primaries have the costa blackish beyond the costal nervure; the apical area is broadly black, narrowing to quite a moderate border both towards the costal vein and the anal angle; in the secondaries the blackish costal margin is broad, the posterior margin is rather narrow, increasing a little at the anal angle; the whole of the abdominal fold up to the submedian nervure is brown. This is another species that appears to have been unobserved and unrecorded since its description by the Bros. Felder. When examining the Felder Collection in the Tring Museum I found the unique type, and recognised it as close to some specimens in Staudinger’s and my own collections, and I find they are identical. I have before me one female (coll. Staudinger) from Halmaheira, which I make the type female, as it corresponds with Felder’s type; I have also five males and one female from Batchian. From meander Boisd. it may be recognized by the uniform brown colour of the under surface, and by the transverse band of the primaries being narrower at the costa than at its termination. I cannot really separate periander Grose-Smith from this species. The genitalia have a most ample tegumen; as usual in this genus, the clasps are distinct, somewhat fan-shaped, but more extended on one side. ‘The penis has a somewhat boat-shaped orifice, as will be seen in figure 7 a. ARHOPALA HYLANDER Grose-Smith. Arhopala hylander Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. vol. i. p. 582 (1894); id. Rhop. Exot., Lye. no. vil. pl. xv. figs. 6, 7, 8 (1898). Hab. Biak. Expanse 65-70 mm. This species is a close ally of philander Feld., scarcely differing from it, the one distinction being that in Felder’s species the transverse band near the posterior margin of the primaries is straight, whereas in the present species it is broken at the upper median nervule. ARHOPALA EuRISUS H. H. Druce. Arhopala eurisus Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 370, pl. xxxi. figs. 11 9,12 ¢. Hab. Aola; Guadalcanar Island; Florida Island; (Solomon Islands) New Britain. Expanse, ¢ 51, 2 48-51 mm. (Se) bo MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE I have a female before me from New Britain, in which the blue is less silvery, but deeper and richer in tone, and the underside is also rather darker. This species is near philander Feld., but is smaller and is paler in colour above; whilst beneath it is more uniform in tone, and the transverse bands are more irregular. The female is also much paler and silvery in its blue. Var. TINDALI Ribbe, Iris, Bd. xii. p. 251 (1899). ‘This variety appears to be merely a darker form of Druce’s species. ARHOPALA MEANDER Boisduval. (Plate IV. figs. 8 & 8a.) Arhopala meander Boisduval, Voy. ‘ Astrolabe,’ Ent. p. 76 (1832). Amblypodia meander Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 4, pl. il. figs. 4, 5, & 6 (1862) ; id. Tl. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 4. n. 6 (1869). Arhopala meander Boisduval, Miskin, Annals Queensland Mus. no. 1, p. 70 (1891). Arhopala meander Boisd., Bethune-Baker & Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896, p. 658. Arhopala adkerbal Grose-Smith, Rhop. Exot. vol. i. p. 10, pl. xxv. fig. 3 (1902). Arhopala appianus Grose-Smith, Rhop. Exot. vol. i. p. 11, pl. xxv. fig. 4 (1902). Hab. Aru; New Guinea; Waigeoe; Halmaheira; New Britain; New Zealand (Mioko); Queensland and South-east Borneo; Woodlark and Fergusson Islands ; Duke of York Island. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 47-59 mm. g. Upperside: both wings violaceous blue; primaries with narrow black costal margin and rather broader posterior margin ; secondaries with broad costal and narrow posterior margin; abdominal feld brown. ‘Tail black, tipped with white. Underside: both wings pinkish lilac-brown, all the spots cimmamon-brown, margined with pinkish erey. Primaries: internal area up to about the second median nervule paler and not tinged with pink; three discal spots increasing in size, and the usual two below the cell; transverse band continuous, inclined outwards as it nears the anal angle; this band generally reaches the submedian nervure, but the last two spots are shifted much inwards; an indistinct submarginal shading. Secondaries with four small basal spots below one another, the bottom one shifted inwards beyond the internal nervure, beyond which are three larger ones corresponding in position to the upper three; cell closed by a long quadrate spot, below which and touching is another small spot closing the end of the space between the second and lower median nervures; transverse chain- band not absolutely broken, but consisting of two spots above the upper discal nervure, and two spots shifted outwards below it, one between the upper and second median nervure shifted slightly inwards, the next spot is outwards, and that between the submedian nervure and the lower median nervule is moved inwards and forms an acute angle on its interior edge, thus joining the long spot reaching the internal nervure ; submarginal shading darker, with a faint pale outward border; small spot at anal AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENID. 30 angle (there is no lobe) black, surmounted with a green iridescence, which is extended slightly into the marginal area between the submedian nervure and the second median nervule. 2. Upperside: both wings as in male, but with a broad costal apical and posterior marginal border to the primaries ; in the secondaries the costal margin only is broader than in the male. Underside precisely as in male. This is probably the most variable species of the genus; the blue varies through violaceous to purplish up to lustrous cobalt, and the underside presents some wonderful divergencies. I have before me about 60 specimens, and have examined a considerable number more, and find that the ground-colour underneath runs from the typical pinkish through all shades up to deep rich purplish red and blackish red; then, again, a not uncommon form is rich reddish closely irrorated with bronzy-green scales, giving the insect a very beautiful colour. The markings are also subject to very great exaggera- tion, the spots being enlarged all over the wing, so that in the hind wing nearly all the spots and bands touch one another. The richest example before me is one from South- east Borneo, kindly lent me by Herr Ribbe. The species is evidently common all over the Malay Archipelago. I have specimens from New Guinea, Halmaheira, Waigeoce, New Britain, Mioko, Aru, and Queensland. Boisduval’s description of this species would suit almost any of the group. It is necessary therefore to take the first figure, which is Hewitson’s (B. M. Cat. p. 4, pl. ii. figs. 4, 5, & 6); he knew Boisduval’s insect, and the figures 4 and 5 are good, so that the insect can be recognised at once therefrom. Mr. Grose-Smith has described two species, A. adherbal and A. appianus, both of which must, I fear, be sunk under meander Boisd. As already mentioned, I have had a very large number of specimens from the Malay Islands and elsewhere, showing a most remarkable range of variation, specimens varying from the same locality, some of which quite correspond with Mr. Grose-Smith’s figures, and I cannot but regard them as aberrations. The genitalia have subovate clasps, and the penis is rather slender. ARHOPALA CONSTANCE de Nicéville. Arhopala constancee de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 34. n. 80 (1894). Hab. South Andaman Isles. Expanse, 2, 48 mm. Mr. de Nicéville described this species from a unique example taken at Port Blair by the late Mr. R. Wimberley. It may be merely an aberration of meander or one of its allies. ARHOPALA AMYTIS Hewitson. (Plate IV. figs. 9 & 9a.) Arhopala amytis Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 4. n. 16, pl. i. figs. 7,8, & 9, 3 (1862); id Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 4. n. 4 (1869). you. xvi.— PART 1. No. 5.—August, 1903. FE a4 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE Amblypodia ribbet Rober, Iris, vol. i. p. 70, pl. v. fig. 5, ¢ (1886). Amblypodia cryonthe Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) v. p. 43 (1890). Arhopala amytis Hew., Miskin, Annals Queensland Mus. no. 1, p. 70 (1891). Arhopala cryonthe Miskin, 1. c. Hab. Queensland; Aru; Waigeoe; Woodlark Island; Fergusson Island; Tokal Ikey ; and New Guinea. Expanse, ¢ 47-54, 2 48-58 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings brilliant morpho-blue, shading into purplish towards the costal and posterior margins of the primaries and towards the posterior margin of the secondaries. Costa of primaries narrowly black ; posterior margin broader, increasing in width at the apex. Costa of secondaries broadly blackish ; posterior margin narrow, abdominal fold entirely brownish ; tail black, tipped with white; lobe scarcely deve- loped. Underside: both wings reddish brown, with all the spots of a darker hue with pale margins. Primaries: inner marginal area paler brown, apical area washed with very pale pinkish lavender; three discal spots increasing in size, the upper portions of each side of which are margined with pale silvery bluish, the usual two spots below the discoidal cell; transverse band continuous, inclined outwards, terminating on the lower median nervule, below which, but unconnected with it, are one or two semi-coalescent spots shifted well inwards ; submarginal row of darker spots very indefinite; the upper and apical areas are dusted over with grey. Secondaries with a broad subcostal streak of pinkish lavender, with the four basal spots followed by the three large ones as usual; cell closed by a large quadrate spot, below which is a small spot filling the terminal space between second and lower median nervules. Transverse band unbroken, extending round up to the internal nervure ; the outer edge of this band is very jagged and irregular. Submarginal shading continuous, between which and the band is a broad space of grey. Margin rather broadly and very darkly bordered; anal spot small, black, surmounted by slight green iridescence, which extends slightly over the marginal area between it and the second median nervule. ?. Upperside: both wings brilliant, slightly greenish morpho-blue ; primaries, very broad apical and outer marginal areas and a narrow costal margin black. Secondaries with costa and apical margins very broadly blackish; posterior margin not so broad, but increasing in width at the anal angle; abdominal fold brownish. Underside as male. I have another form of the female which has the blue darker, almost like the male, but a shade paler perhaps. The genitalia have the clasps peculiar, with excised extremities; the penis has a globular orifice. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANID#. (Sis) on Var. RIBBEI Rober. 3¢. Upperside rich purplish or violet-blue; primaries with very narrow black costal and posterior margins ; secondaries with broad blackish costa and very narrow outer margin; tail moderately long, stout, black, tipped with white; lobe slightly developed. Underside exactly as in amytis Hew. ¢. Upperside paler than the male and more violet in tone; primaries with very broad costa, and much broader posterior margin and apex; secondaries with very broad margins all round. Underside exactly as in amytis Hew. This insect is evidently a local form of Hewitson’s species amytis, but it differs in the deep tone of the blue of the upperside, and the very narrow margins of the males. I have specimens of it before me from Aru (the types), Tokal Key, one male from Waigeoe, and one male from Ati Ati Onin (New Guinea). Miskin has also recorded two specimens of it from Cape York under the name eryonthe, but, as Rober described it two years previously, Miskin’s name falls. Amytis is somewhat variable as to the tone of the blue, and decidedly variable as to the pale subcostal streak on the underside of the secondaries, which is subject to obsolescence. I have several specimens in which it is practically obsolete, and many where there is only a slight trace of it, and these forms occur irrespective of locality. Through the kindness of Mr. H. Druce, I have been able to examine some specimens from Fergusson and Woodlark Islands, all of which have no trace of the pale sub- costal streak ; one female from Fergusson Island is unusually large and robust. ARHOPALA XONE (Hewitson). (Plate ILI. fig. 22, ¢.) Amblypodia exone Hewitson, Il]. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 5. n. 15, pl. iil. figs. 20 g, 242 (1869). Hab. Waigeoe; New Guinea; Halmaheira; Aru; Kiriwini Island. Expanse, ¢ 44-51, 9 43-49 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings brilliant silvery morpho-blue, purplish at the costa and apex of the primaries, which have a very narrow costa, rather broader posterior border of black ; the secondaries have a broadish black costa, narrow black posterior margin, and dark grey abdominal fold; the tail is long, stout, and white-tipped, and above it at the end of the second median nervule is a tooth-like projection. Underside: both wings very dark; the primaries have three discal spots traced out by silvery-bluish edges, almost obsolete as to the internal edge of the third spot, which has a pale outer edging; otherwise the ground is very broadly quite pale, with more or less of a lilac suffusion, the paleness extending throughout the submedian area. Below the second and third discal spots are two other obscure spots divided by the lower median nervule. The transverse band in the middle of the pale area is continuous, slightly curved, broadish, and generally slightly tapering narrower to the lower median nervure, where it terminates; it occasionally has a distinct bend or angle. Submarginal row present as usual. Secondaries: the basal three-quarters of the wing very dark indeed and F 2 36 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE markless, followed by a pale broad internal edging to the usual submarginal row, this band of pale edging having a lilac tinge at the anal area; a black spot at the lobe and between the second and lower median nervules, between and over which is a scattering (more or less plentiful) of greenish metallic scales. 2. Upperside: both wings blue, slightly paler and less lustrous than in male. Primaries with costa broadly, posterior margin very broadly, and apex yet more broadly black ; secondaries with costa and upper part of the posterior margin very broadly black indeed, but the margin of the anal area much more narrowly black. At first sight this unmistakable species scarcely looks in its right place here; its size and shape, however, bring it at once into this group, and a careful examination of the under-surface pattern soon locates it; the markings of the primaries are exceed- ingly close to micale Blanch., whilst in a female in my collection the transverse band of the secondaries is quite traceable, and in other specimens before me isolated spots are discernible, so that I have no hesitation in fixing it here. ARHOPALA SOPHROSYNE (Grose-Smith). Amblypodia sophrosyne Grose-Smith, Eut. Mo. Mag. xxv. p. 300 (1889). Arhopala sophrosyne Grose-Smith, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 370, pl. xxxi. fig. 9, g. Hab, Guadaleanar Island (Solomon Group). Expanse 49-53 mm. This species is described by Mr. Grose-Smith with tails, but figured by Mr. Druce without tails, his specimen having the tails broken off. It is a tailed species and very distinct. ARHOPALA MICALE Blanchard. Arhopala micale Blanchard, Boisd., Hombron & Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud, Lép. pl. iii. figs. 11, 12. Amblypodia micale Boisd. MS., Hewitson, Cat. Lycenidee B.M. p. 7 (non adatha Hew. pl. iv. 3, figs. 29, 30, 31) (1862); id. Ill, Diurn. Lep., Lyczenidz, p. 8 (1863). Amblypodia superba Rober, Tris, vol. i. pt. 4, p. 199, Taf. ix. fig. 3 (1887). Arhopala micale Blanch. et superba Rober, Staudinger, Ex. Schmett. p. 280, Taf. 96, g (1888). Hab. (Amboina?); New Guinea; Batchian; Halmaheira; Gilolo. Expanse, ¢ 52-61, 9 45-59 mm. g. Upperside : both wings lustrous ultramarine-blue, shading into purplish in certain lights on the costal and posterior margins in primaries; costa in secondaries broadly blackish, posterior margin narrow; abdominal fold entirely fuscous up to submedian nervure ; tail tipped with white. Underside: both wings darkish brown, all the markings dark brown, with paler margins; primaries with three discoidal spots increasing in size, partly margined with pale blue, this colour being confined to the inner edge of the large spot closing the cell, the two usual spots just beneath the cell; the transverse band, edged with whitish on the upper part of the inner edge, almost AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. oF touches the third cell-spot and generally tapers down considerably to the lower median vein, where it ends; on the other side of this vein is another spot liable to obsoletion, shifted well inwards; outside this band is a pale grey shading, forming the inner edge to the almost obsolete submarginal row of spots. Secondaries with four basal spots, the second and fourth shifted inwards, beyond which are three larger ones; cell closed by a long quadrate spot, below which is a small one occupying the termination of the space between the second and lower median nervule. Transverse band continuous, extending round to the internal nervure; this band has exceedingly uneven and jagged margins, but it is unbroken, though fractured to a certain extent at the lower median nervule; outside this fascia, and following its exact course, is a line of unbroken crescentic pale grey marks followed by a pale brown submarginal area. Anal spot black, surmounted by a bluish or greenish scaling, which extends up to the second median nervule and is margined by a whitish line; there is also a small black spot at the margin of the bluish scaling between the second and lower median nervule. Tail stout, blackish, tipped with white. ‘here is often a pale subcostal stripe more or less developed. @. Upperside: both wings much paler than the male; primaries with costa of medium width, posterior dark margin very broad, apical area broader still ; secondaries with broad margins all round. Underside exactly as the male. The form usually found in New Guinea, whence I have several specimens, is deep purplish, almost the colour of A. hercules Hew., but not lustrous, with the underside paler and more uniform. I have, however, one typical female. In this species the underside pattern is somewhat liable to obsoletion, more particularly in the secondaries; this is caused by a darkening of the ground-colour and a slight lightening of the markings. The insect should be easily recognised on account of the brilliancy of the blue, whilst the under-surface pattern is also well marked in tone of colour as well as pattern. Every author that has hitherto mentioned this species has added a little to the confusion of its identification. The original figure is bad beyond comparison, and Blanchard’s description is much too vague to serve for identification. We then come to Hewitson, who first confused it with his own adatha, but afterwards discovered his error (Il. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. /. ¢.) and raised both to specific rank quite correctly ; unfortunately, however, he did not separate the two species in his cabinet, where they remain up to this moment mixed together. He knew Boisduval’s specimens, and there is no difficulty whatever in separating the two species. Staudinger next refers to it (/.c.), and says that he regards amytis Hew. as a synonym of this insect; but he is wrong in this, the two species being quite distinct: superba Rober is, however, synonymous; I have the type of this species before me, and it is like typical micale, except that the underside of the wings is paler and the whitish is more developed and the paler subcostal stripe of the secondaries strongly marked. This form was described from Batchian, but I have it also from Halmaheira, Gilolo, 38 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE and Ternate, with these characteristics more or less developed, and therefore the name should fall, as it is quite impossible to draw a line between this and typical mécale, and all occur indiscriminately in the same districts. Staudinger’s reference of amytis to this species leads me to say that micale can be at once separated from amytis by the rounder apex, narrow black outer margin, the fuller secondaries, the intense blue of the upper surface, and the strong brown tint of the under surface. It appears to be confined to the Malay Islands. I have seen no specimens from Queensland, where it may be replaced by Hewitson’s species amgtis. The figures given by Hewitson (Cat. Lyceenide, /. ¢.) do not belong to this insect, but to his adatha. ARHOPALA KIRIWINII, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 10, ¢.) fab. 'Trobriand and Fergusson Islands, Expanse, ¢ & 9, 54-58 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dark purplish blue; primaries with linear costal and outer margins; secondaries with a broad costa and linear outer margin, fold ample, greyish. ‘Tail fairly stout, white-tipped. Underside: both wings warm brown washed with purplish, with darker spots palely edged. Primaries with three increasing cell- spots, the first one very small, below the third a largish one in the lower median angle ; transverse band composed of six confluent spots, each increasing in size up to the fifth spot, which latter is very large, the sixth spot tapers slightly towards the lower median nervule, the first four spots are outwardly oblique, the fifth and sixth have their inner margins shifted well inwards, and below these is another smaller spot shifted inwards ; submedian area paler; submarginal row fairly distinct, marginal row dark and almost coalescing with the submarginal in its upper part. Secondaries with a small spot at the extreme base of the costa and four small basal spots, the third shifted well out- wards, followed by three large spots below each other, the lowest one being elongated somewhat outwardly ; cell closed by a large subquadrate spot, below which is another in the submedian angle connecting it with the elongated spot just mentioned; trans- verse band composed of cight large spots, the first two extremely large, touching the spot closing the cell, the third shifted well outwards, fourth slightly out, fifth with its inner margin shifted far inwards, touching the bottom edge of the spot closing the cell, sixth spot shifted slightly outwards and larger, seventh angular spot very large and confluent with the eighth very large rather long spot; submarginal row indefinite ; marginal row narrow, just below the apex is a patch of dark brown clouding; a black spot at the anal angle edged above with bright metallic-blue scales, which are also scattered more or less along the margin up to and just beyond the tail. 2. Upperside: both wings brighter blue and paler thanin the male. Primaries with a broad blackish costa, increasing in width beyond the apex of the cell; outer margin very broad; secondaries with a very broad blackish costa and a rather broad AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCAENID. 39 outer margin, this margin is decidedly less broad than usual. Underside just like the male except that the ground-colour is paler, so that the markings stand out in greater contrast. I have before me three males and one female of this insect from Mr. Druce’s collection, and [ have recently received other specimens from the same locality: it will come before centaurus Fabricius, but may easily be separated from that species by the difference in the blue and by the remarkable transverse bands in both wings on the underside ; the general pattern and appearance are also different, and there should be no difficulty in recognising the species. ARHOPALA CENTAURUS (Fabricius). (Plate IV. figs. 10 & 10 a.) Papilio centaurus Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 520. n. 829 (1775) ; id. Sp. Ins. vol. ii. p. 117. n. 523 (1781) ; id. Mant. Ins. vol. 1. p. 68. n. 646 (1787). Hesperia centaurus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. vol. i. pt. 1, p. 275. n. 63 (1798). Polyommatus helus Godart, Enc. Méth. vol. ix, p. 652. n. 119 (1828). Polyommatus centaurus Godart, Enc. Méth. vol. ix. p. 658. n. 138 (1828). Amblypodia centaurus Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. p. 102. n. 33 (1829); Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 3. un. 15, pl. i. figs. 10,13 ¢ (? figs. 12 ¢, 11 2) (1862); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 775; Butler, Cat. Fab. Lep. B.M. p. 179. n. 1 (1869) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 107 ; Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 548. n. 1 (1877). Amblypodia pseudo-centaurus Doubleday, List Lep. B.M. vol. ii. p. 24 (1847). Narathura centaurus Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 261. n. 1, pl. xxi. figs. 4 3,5 9 (1885). Nilasera centaurus Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, vol. xxi. p. 44 (1886). Arhopala centaurus, var. coruscans Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8S. B. vol. xlix. pt. 2, p. 234. n. 54 (1880). Amblypodia nakula Felder, Wien. ent. Monatsch. vol. iv. p. 395. n. 4 (1860) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 853; Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. 33. n. 121 (1884). Arhopala nakula Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 222. n. 224, pl. xxix. fig. 14 (1865) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 590, et 1878, p. 835; Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B. vol. 1. pt. 2, p. 251. n. 77 (1881). Nilasera pirama Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 116, pl. xliii. figs. 3,30 ¢,3a ?, 3c larve and pura (1881), Nilasera pirithous Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 531. Arhopala centaurus de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 234. n. 786 (1890). Narathura centaurus Fab., Hagen, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxviii. p. 152 (1892). Arhopala centaurus Druce, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1895, p- 588, et 1896, p. 671. Arhopala centaurus Fabricius, de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 11. p. 464 (1895). Hab. India, K. Himalayas; Assam; Bhutan; Burma; Malay Peninsula; Siam ; South India; Ceylon; Andaman Isles ; Sumatra; Java; Borneo; Sumba and Sumbawa. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 58-64 mm, This species and its various forms are now so well known that I will only make 40} MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE reference to those forms in which I differ somewhat from the conclusions arrived at by de Nicéville regarding them. Coruscans (Wood-Mason and de Nicéville) and pirama Moore.—These two forms are the same; I can trace no difference whatever in the colour of either males or females from Ceylon and the Andaman Isles. 3. Upperside: both wings brilliant ultramarine-blue, sometimes paler at the base, but not always, with a very narrow black costa and outer margin. 2. Like the male in tone, but with the bases of the wings beautiful silvery greenish metallic blue extending over nearly half the surface, with costa and outer margin in the primaries very broadly black, increasing towards the apex ; in the secondaries the costa is very broadly black and the outer margin by no means broad, but increasing in width towards the anal angle. De Nicéville (d. ¢.) says, referring to coruscans: “'The male may be known from A. pirama on the upperside by its more brilliant and lighter blue coloration, and in the female the brilliant basal blue portion is lighter and also better defined from the darker deep blue portion beyond.” ‘This is perfectly correct as regards de Nicéville’s specimens, which, through his great kindness, I have before me; but it is not so at all with those I have had from my friend Dr. Staudinger and others, the males being precisely the same in every respect, and I have only one female to which it would apply—all the others from Ceylon are absolutely the same in each particular as those from the Andaman Isles. Pseudocentaurus Doubleday (amazona Pagenstecher).—This I take to be the Java form of centaurus, of which I have a number of specimens before me: the blue of some, not all, is rather brighter and bluer than ordinary centawrus Fabricius ; it is, however, a curious fact that my only specimen, out of a great number, which is exactly typical with the type specimen of centawrus in the Banksian collection is one from Java, and is not of the dull purple of the common form, but rather brighter and blver. The blue of these Javan specimens is not nearly so bright as coruscans, but it is of exactly the same shade as my Bornean specimens of centaurus Fab. and also as some specimens I have from Singapore and the west coast of Sumatra; the under surface is somewhat more variegated, but this is so very variable throughout all the forms that no name can be based on it; pseudocentawrus and amazona must therefore be sunk under centaurus Fab. The species being a very common one is also very variable, and it appears to me to serve no useful purpose to retain names for such a very slight variety as Doubleday’s, It is one of the most widely distributed species of the genus, but unfortunately it is scarcely possible to state correctly the distribution of the type-form. Pirithous seems 19 occur mainly in Sikkim and Assam and on the eastern side of India. Besides these districts and Bhutan, I have it from Upper and Lower Burma; the type-form occurs with it in both these latter localities. Coruscans Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, as far AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENIDA. 4] as I can trace, appears to be confined to Ceylon and the South Andaman Isles, though a specimen I have from Nias comes very close to it. The genitalia of all these are indistinguishable from each other, and they also are exceedingly close to A. micale Blanch.; the tegumen of centawrus is not so large and the clasps less excised at the extremities. ARHOPALA EUPOLIS (Miskin). (Plate I. fig. 11, ¢.) Amblypodia eupolis Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) v. p. 42 (1890). Arhopala eupolis Miskin, Annals Queensland Mus. no. 1, p. 70 (1891). Hab. Queensland, Tokal Key Island. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 52-58 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dull violet; primaries with the costa and outer margin very narrowly brown ; secondaries with the costa widely and the outer margin very narrowly brown; abdominal fold grey. ‘Tail longish, very broad, black, tipped with white; nervures on each side slightly elongated, so as to form very short tooth-like projections. Lobe moderately well developed. Underside: both wings dull, very pale brownish grey, uniform in tint, with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots, the third quadrate; below the second and third are two large spots divided by the lower median nervule; transverse band composed of six confluent spots, forming an almost straight fascia of equal width placed somewhat obliquely outwards; below the band is a seventh spot shifted inwards; marginal and submarginal bands very obscure. Secondaries with four basal spots, the lowest shifted inwards, followed by three smallish spots below each other; cell closed by a narrow subquadrate spot, below which is a small one; transverse band highly irregular and peculiar, composed of two large spots below each other which touch the narrow sub- quadrate spot, below this and shifted outwards is a broad irregular fascia occupying the place of spots 3-6 inclusive, the seventh angular spot is shifted inwards and is almost confluent with the eighth long spot; marginal and submarginal fascia very obscure ; anal lobe blackish, edged above, and the space between it and the second median nervule filled in, with bluish metallic scales. 2. Upperside: both wings bright pale shining blue, darker towards the edges; primaries with the costa broadly blackish, increasing towards the apex, where there is a large blackish patch and the outer margin is very broadly blackish ; secondaries with the costa very broadly dark brown and the outer margin narrowly so, but increasing somewhat towards the anal angle. Underside as in the male. This species is evidently the Australian form of centawrus Fab. The colour above is duller and paler and the dark outer margin is of a width intermediate between that of that species and of pirithous Moore. On the underside the colour is very much paler and is altogether more uniform in tone, the pattern is smaller in the primaries, there is no metallic edge to the cell-spots, and in the secondaries the lobe is more VOL. XVI.—PART 1. No. 6.—August, 1903. G 42 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE developed. The female closely resembles coruscans W.-M. & de N. in the coloration of the upperside. This is an interesting species, forming as it does a good “ transit ” to the species amatria de Nicéville. The hue of the underside varies somewhat, as in centaurus Fab., being occasionally washed with violet or grey, but it is always quite pale in tone. The species has been known for years in the larger collections, having been placed either with amytis Hew. or centaurus Fab., but Mr. Miskin discriminated it in 1890. Until this year it has only been recorded from Queensland, but I have just received from Dr. Staudinger a perfectly typical female from Tokal Key. ARHOPALA AMATRIX de Nicéville. Arhopala amatrix de Nicéville, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. vi. p. 370. no. 19, pl. G. figs. 23 ¢@, 24 2 (1891). Hab. Burma. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 52-58 mm. This species is a close ally of amantes Hew., but can be immediately distinguished by the broad black borders of the male, while the blue is not nearly so deep and brilliant. So far as is yet known, it is confined to Burma, but probably replaces Hewitson’s species there ; de Nicéville seems also to intimate this in his original description, for he says “ True amantes apparently do not occur in Burma.” ARHOPALA AMANTES (Hewitson). (Plate IV. figs. 11 & 11a.) Amblypodia amantes Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 4. n. 17, pl. ii. figs. 2 & 8, ¢ 9 (1862). Arhopala amantes Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B. vol. 1. pt. 2, p. 250, n. 76 (1881). Nilasera amantes Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 115, pl. xliv. figs. 24,26 3,2 9, 2c larva and pupa (1881). Nilasera apella Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 429. n. 64, pl. xl. fig. 4, 2. Hab. India; Ceylon; 8. Andaman Isles; Makassar; Sumba; Timor; Babber Isles (Burma). Expanse, ¢ & 9, 57-62 mm. De Nicéville (Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 240) says it is widely spread throughout India, occurring “all along the foot of the Himalayas, in the plains of Bengal, the Central Provinces, and in Bombay, thence southwards to Travancore and Ceylon. Its flight is strong and rapid, and it conceals itself with wings always folded under leaves (Hutchinson).” It is readily recognisable from ordinary centaurus Fab. by the brilliancy of the blue and by the brighter females, but it is not so easily separated from coruscans W.-M. & de Nicéville. The blue is, however, deeper and more brilliant and the underside AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCZNIDA. 45 is not subject to such violent contrasts as in that insect, the tone being much more uniform and the pattern more compact. Hewitson pointed out that the fourth spot of the transverse band of the primaries was projected outwards; this, however, is not always so. I have specimens from Sumba, Timor, and the Babber Islands, and in each of these the band is unbroken, though for all my specimens from the mainland and from Ceylon his remark is correct; the anal lobe, moreover, is always very much more developed and is deep velvety black beneath. I have seen no specimen from the Andaman Isles. De Nicéville says (/. c.) that he has seen one which is smaller and in which the area of the blue coloration of the upperside is different (does this mean the specimen was a female ?), and all the markings below are smaller, more compact, and prominent. This specimen is not among those Mr. de Nicéville kindly lent me, so I can only record his note. [Since writing the foregoing note on the Sumba, Timor, and Babber specimens, I have very carefully re-examined them, and am inclined to regard them as a transit from this species to araxes Felder ; the upperside colour is almost the colour of amantes, but the underside pattern is that of Felder’s insect. The range of true amantes will therefore be restricted to the mainlands and the Andaman Isles, the Makassar specimens T believe to be the transition form. In the genitalia the clasps assume a subtriangular form, whilst the base of the penis is angular instead of being almost straight. | ARHOPALA ARAXES Felder. Arhopala araxes Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. p. 224, pl. xxix. figs. 3&4 9,5 ? (1865). Amblypodia arazes Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyczenide, p. 14a. Hab. Celebes, Mangioli, Sula Isles; Banka Isle. Expanse, ¢ 53, 2 50 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings brilliant morpho-blue, shading into purplish near the margins, in the costal, apical, and posterior marginal areas, costa itself finely black, posterior margin less narrow. Secondaries: costa broadly blackish, posterior margin narrowly black, abdominal fold grey. Underside: both wings pale brown, with darkish spots with pale margins. Primaries with three discal spots increasing in size, all margined with bluish or silvery white except on their costal edges; below the spot closing the cell isa triangular spot, touching the inner edge of which is a large spot in the paler submedian area followed by another near the base; transverse fascia ending on or below the lower median nervule and consisting of six, seven, or eight confluent spots regularly below each other with a slight outward tendency, the seventh and eighth sometimes detached; submarginal row indistinct; the ground between these two latter fasciz is greyish. Secondaries more uniform in colour with four basal spots, the second shifted slightly, and the fourth considerably inwards, the latter beyond but touching the internal nervure ; outside these are two large spots below each other; cell G2 44 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE closed by a quadrate spot, below which is a small triangular one; transverse fascia consisting of the following spots—two large upper almost confluent ones, two others below shifted outwards, fifth spot small, shifted inwards a little, sixth very slightly outwards, the angular seventh spot well inwards and almost confluent with a long eighth spot which touches the internal nervure; submarginal row very indistinct ; anal spot black, over which are scattered metallic-blue scales, as also over the marginal area up to the second median nervule, and these have an internal edging of dark brown bordered with white and following the course of the transverse fascia up to the internal nervure. The second median nervure is elongated a little, so as to form a short tail beyond the white-tipped longish one. ©. Upperside: both wings rich dark brown ; the primaries with a bright pale blue patch on the lower half of the wing, extending two-thirds along the inner margin, while in the secondaries this blue patch extends almost to the posterior margin below the lower discoidal nervure. Underside as in male. This species is very close to amantes, but may be distinguished from it at once by the very brilliant morpho-blue of the male, Hewitson’s insect being very much darker ; whilst in the female of Felder’s species the blue is very much less in extent, is not lustrous, and is paler. Felder also points out another distinguishing character, viz. that the transverse band of the primaries is straight and not broken as in amantes Hew. Araxes is also decidedly the larger insect of the two. I have specimens of it before me from 8. Celebes, N. Celebes (Minahassa), Banka Isle, and Mangioli, Sula Isles, but I cannot trace it elsewhere, so that its distribution appears to be very confined and local. ARHOPALA AGLAIS Felder. Arhopala aglais Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. iii. p. 223, pl. xsix. fig. 11, go (1865). Amblypodia aglais Hewitson, Ill, Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 14. (1869). Hab. Philippine Islands. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 56-64 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings deep blue with a slight mixture of purple with narrow black borders, the costa of the secondaries is rather broadly black. Abdominal fold up to the submedian nervure brown. ‘The submedian nervure and the second median nervule is each elongated a little, so as to form a very short tail on each side the usual tail. Underside: both wings brown, paler on the primaries below the lower median nervule, all the spots very slightly darker brown and margined with whitish. Primaries with three largish discal spots increasing in size; below the spot closing the cell is another small one, and below that a third larger spot occupying the terminal AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENIDA. 45 portion of the second median and lower median spaces, and below the lower median nervule, beneath the second discal spot, is another spot, larger and more distinct than usual; the slightly bent and uneven transverse band ends abruptly on the lower median nervule; submarginal row fairly distinct, with the inner margin shaded with violet in the upper portion, which shading extends to the outer margin of the transverse band. Secondaries with four basal spots, the second and fourth shifted inwards and outside these three large ones ; cell closed by a large subquadrate spot, below which is another touching the lowest of the three. Transverse band irregular, extending to the internal nervure and consisting of two large squarish spots touching the spot closing the cell, four smaller ones shifted outwards; the next spot forming the angle is shifted inwards and touches the spot extending up to the internal nervure ; submarginal row obsolete, but its position is indicated by the internal pale crescentic border; a large black velvety spot occupies the lobe and marginal space between the second and lower median nervules sprinkled with brilliant metallic-green scales, which extend into the marginal area between these two spots. @. Upperside: dark brown, with a large patch of deep blue (not a tinge of purple in it) extending over a considerable part of the primaries, but restricted in the secondaries almost to the area between the upper discoidal and submedian nervures. Underside as in male. In the colour of the upperside this species is near micale Blanch., but is darker ; it is, however, better placed here on account of the underside pattern, which is very dark and marked, the pattern being very prominently outlined with whitish and with no bluish metallic outline to the cell-spots of the primaries, so that there will be no difficulty in separating it from its near allies. Felder described it from Luzon and it appears to be confined to the Philippine Islands. In the genitalia the clasps are more ovate and the penis unusually short. ARHOPALA ACETES (Hewitson). (Plate III. fig. 18, ¢.) Amblypodia acetes Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 5, pl. iii. figs. 14, 15, 9 (1862); id. Tl. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 4 (1869). Hab. Makassar, Celebes. Expanse, ¢ 64-67, 2 62-64 mm. This species can at once be recognised from ag/lais Feld. by its larger size, duller blue with merely linear black margins, and by its underside being much more uniform in tone and more spotted in pattern. It is one of the largest of the group and appears to be confined exclusively to Celebes and is a very distinct species. 46 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA CAMDEO (Moore). Amblypodia camdeo Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. vol. i. p. 41. n. 58, pl. ia. fig. 6, ¢ (1857); Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 5. n. 28, pl. iil. figs. 25, 26, ¢ (1862). Arhopala camdeo Staudinger, Ex. Schmett. p. 280, pl. xevi., ¢ (1888); de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 256 (1890). Hab. Sikkim tarai; Jalpaiguri; Assam; Chittagong Hills. Expanse, ¢ 58-64, 9 60-66 mm. This species can be recognised from any of its neighbours by the very pale lilac of its upperside, and by the pale grey of its underside with decided black spots encircled distinctly with whitish. It is a beautiful and very distinct species and is not very closely related to any, but is probably best placed here; de Nicéville says (J. ¢.), “Occurs in Sikkim tarai (not in the hills) in July and August; it is also found at Jalpaiguri and eastwards throughout Assam, and the late Mr. H. M. Parish obtained it in July in the Chittagong Hill tracts. It appears to be confined to the lower hills and the country at their feet.” ARHOPALA PaDUS Felder. (Plate I. figs. 12 ¢, 13 9; Plate IV. figs. 12 & 12a.) Arhopala padus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 230. Amblypodia viola Rober, Iris, vol.i. p. 199, pl. ix. fig. 4 (1887). Amblypodia padus Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 146. n. 79 (1865). Hab, Halmaheira; Batchian; Banka; Mangioli, Sula Island. Expanse, ¢ 50-53, 2 51 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings pale lilac-blue, with fine black costal and posterior margins; in the secondaries the dark costa is rather broad. Abdominal feld pale greyish. Tail black, tipped with white. Underside: both wings darkish brown, spots precisely the same colour as ground, but broadly margined with whitish. In the primaries the space below the lower median nervule is pale greyish. Primaries with three discal spots increasing in size; above the second are two very small confluent spots and one small one above the very irregular and large spot closing the cell, while touching it beneath is a large one; the spot below the discoidal cell is large and distinct. The transverse band consists of four distinct spots—the first on the costa very close to the terminal discal spot, the other three shifted outwards and outwardly inclined, below which are two large spots shifted much inwards but with an outward inclination; immediately below these is a very small detached dot; the sub- marginal row of somewhat quadrangular spots distinct, extreme margin whitish. Secondaries with four largish basal spots below each other, the fourth shifted inwards, followed by three longer ones; cell closed by a large spot, below which and touching it is another shifted a little inwards; the transverse chain-like fascia is composed of four pairs of spots, the upper of the costal two touching the upper one of the three larger AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCHNIDZ. 47 spots mentioned before ; the second two are shifted outwards, the next two inwards, and the final two further inwards again and quite detached from them; the last spot of these, touching the internal nervure and joining the angular one, is very long and extends almost up to the lowest basal spot; submarginal lunular row distinct. Lobe- spot black; spot between the lower and second median nervules black, over which, as also over the marginal space between them, are bluish or greenish metallic scales. Extreme margin finely white. @. Primaries: upperside blackish, with a large patch of very pale iridescent blue extending a little beyond the discoidal cell to the inner margin and occupying about two-thirds of the median area of the wing, in which area isa largish white patch showing through the iridescence. Secondaries: upperside greyish brown, with a pale slightly iridescent blue central area from the submedian to just over the discoidal nervure. Underside precisely as in the male. These descriptions are taken from a male and female in my collection from Halma- heira; the male agrees quite with Felder’s type. I have male specimens from Batchian which agree entirely with the type from Mangioli: however, the males differ slightly in having a broader suffused black posterior margin to the primaries; in some specimens this border is rather narrow, but in others it becomes very broad from the lower median nervule up to the apex. The two female specimens I have before me are entirely brown all over, with a few superimposed pale blue scales on the basal area, in one specimen only just sufficient to be seen, in the other more or less over the cell, and more thickly beneath the cell in the primaries only. Herr Rober described his species viola from Bangka, which is evidently only a slight variety of Felder’s species ; the colour is quite similar, but the apex and outer margin of the lower median nervule are broadly suffused with blackish. The insect is evidently variable both as to the width of the border and the tone of brown beneath: I have specimens from Mangioli in which the border is moderately narrow, and others in which it is almost as wide as in the Bangka specimens of Réber; whilst beneath in some specimens the ground-colour is rather pale with the pattern slightly outlined with whitish, and in others it is very dark with very marked whitish outlines. In Mangioli specimens the female is entirely brown with a slight scattering of pale blue scales over the basal area, and occasionally even these are almost obsolete. This species has apparently not been recognised by anyone since Felder described it : all the specimens before me have been sent me as ertdanus Feld. (a species about two- thirds its size), though the Felders in their work (/. ¢.) speak of it as reaching the size of camdeo Hew., and on the previous page they speak of eridanus as a third smaller than camdeo. There is now, however, no doubt as to the correct identity of each, for I have examined the original types very carefully. The distribution is narrow; I have only seen specimens from Halmaheira, Batchian, Bangka, and Mangioli (Sula Islands), and 4§ MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE can find no records of it at all. With a distinct species like this we may expect to find the genitalia somewhat specialised; as will be seen from fig. 12, Plate IV., the clasps are peculiar, and the tegumen is not so ample, whilst the penis is small. ARHOPALA ELFETA (Hewitson). Amblypodia elfeta Hewitson, [ll]. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 143, pl. iiia. fig. 40, ¢ (1865). Hab. Sulu (Celebes). Expanse, 2, 54 mm. ?. Upperside: both wings brown, with a slight scattering of very pale silvery-blue scales over the basal area, not extending beyond the cell. Tail present but broken. Underside dull brown, with all the spots but slightly darker than the ground and distinctly encircled with pale greyish or whitish. Primaries with three large cell-spots, the third very large and irregular, extending down to the lower median nervule, with a very small spot above it on the costa. Transverse band consisting of six spots—first spot small, second, third, and fourth evenly and obliquely inclined outwards and shifted well out from the first small spot ; fifth spot shifted well inwards, almost touching the third large cell-spot; sixth spot below the fifth but with an outward inclination ; below this is another very small spot; submarginal row fairly distinct, marginal row obscure ; subdiscal area dark, submedian area pale. Secondaries with four large basal spots, the fourth shifted inwards; above the uppermost is another on the extreme basal edge of the costa; these are followed by three large spots below each other, the lowest being prolonged outwards. Cell closed by an irregular spot, below which is a small one in the lower median angle. ‘Transverse band composed of eight distinct spots—the second shifted outwards, the third and fourth shifted outwards, fifth inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot well inwards and touching the eighth which is unusually long and straight ; submarginal row distinct and crescentic, marginal row fairly distinct; three blackish spots at the anal angle, the middle one almost covered with submetallic pale bluish scales. This species is a very close ally of azata de Nicéville, of which at present only the male is known; the spots are larger, especially that closing the cell, but the pattern is similar, and I expect when more material comes to hand that de Nicéville’s name will probably fall as a synonym of this. ARHOPALA AzaTa de Nicéville. Arhopala azata de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lxiv. pt. i. p. 466. n. 404 (1895) ; id. Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. x. p. 172. n. 21, pl. T. figs. 32 ¢, 33 ¢ (1896). Hab. Malay Peninsula (Perak) ; Sumatra. Expanse, ¢, 45 mm. This species, coming between padus Felder and eridanus Felder, may be known from the former by its much smaller size, the colour of the upperside is very much AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 49 darker and duller, the underside is close in both colour and pattern. From eridanus it can be separated in the same way as regards its upperside, whilst beneath it differs much more, Felder’s species having a great deal more white, whilst this insect is more uniform and sombre in general tone. ARHOPALA ERIDANUS (Felder). (Plate I. fig. 14, ¢; Plate IV. figs. 13 & 132.) Amblypodia eridanus Felder, Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xl. p. 453 (1860). Arhopala eridanus Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. vol. ii. p. 229, pl. xxix. figs. 16 & 17. Amblypodia polita Rober, Iris, vol. i. p. 199, pl. ix. fig. 14 (1887). Amblypodia eridanus var. dilutior Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii. p. 123 (1889). Amblypodia eridanus Feld., Hewitson, Il. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 5 (1863). Hab. Amboina, Palawan, Cagayan (a small island off the coast of N. Borneo), and Balabak. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 46-50 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings pale lustrous violaceous blue, with very narrow black costal and posterior margins in primaries; in secondaries the costa is broadly blackish, posterior margin very narrowly black, abdominal fold to submedian nervure whitish grey. Underside: both wings brown, spots scarcely darker than ground, broadly encircled with white. Primaries with three discal spots increasing in size, that closing the cell very large and irregular, at the internal upper extremity of which and over the middle spot are one or two small white marks, indicating the trace of other small spots; on the costa directly over the large spot is a very small one and beneath the cell-spot is another largish one ; below the middle discal spot is the usual one in the submedian area which is large and distinct ; the transverse chain-like fascia is composed of one small spot on the costa, beyond which and quite detached are three chain-spots outwardly inclined, followed below by two more shifted inwards and detached from the three above; submarginal lunular row fairly distinct; extreme margin finely white. Secondaries with a half-spot on the extreme internal edge of costa, the white margin of which extends into a white short line along the costa; four longish basal spots below each other, the fourth being shifted inwards, followed by three others beyond; cell closed by a longish reniform spot, touching which below is another long spot; the chain-like fascia is composed of two spots generally touching each other, but not always, below which are four chain-spots, the third one shifted well inwards; the angular spot, detached and shifted inwards, touches the very long spot which almost reaches the fourth basal spot; submarginal lunular row distinct, a largish black spot occupies the lobe and the marginal space, above which and over the space intervening are scattered bluish-metallic scales. Extreme margin finely white. The second median nervule and the submedian nervure are slightly elongated, so as to form the trace of a tail on each side of the usual tail. VOL. XVII.—PART. I. No. 7.—August, 1903. H 50 MR. G. T. BETHUNE*BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ?. Upperside: both wings dark brownish, the primaries with a large patch of very pale iridescent blue from the discoidal to the submedian nervure and slightly on to the internal margin; in the posterior area a patch of white shows through the blue iridescence; there is a large dark spot closing the cell, which also shows through the iridescence and off which the blue scales are liable to get rubbed. Secondaries with the pale blue iridescence not extending quite so far towards the posterior margin. Underside as in male, but with paler ground and darker spots (in contrast) and the white encircling broader. In the primaries the spots over the middle discal spot and up to that closing the cell are quite distinct though irregular in shape, and the submedian area 1s whitish. In the secondaries there is a half basal spot on the extreme internal edge of the costa. The type of this species, a single female, was described by Felder from Amboina. I have therefore described a male from that island and also a female agreeing almost exactly with the type; the colour of the underside is not, however, constant in examples from the same locality—some from Amboina being quite pale brown, others dark brown ; the pattern, however, appears not to be subject to variation. In the female the pale upperside patch occupies a greater or less area in different specimens quite irrespective of locality. Dr. Staudinger has described a variety from Palawan as var. dilutior, of which I have the type male and female before me; the male is precisely the same as Amboina specimens of eridanus Feld., and the female differs only in the extent of the pale upperside, which is slightly greater than in the type—this, however, varies in different specimens. Herr Rober has also described his species polita from Ceram (Iris, /. ¢.), the type of which is also before me, and it is absolutely the same as a specimen from Amboina, so that both these names must sink. I have before me, through the kindness of Mr. Cator, a series of eight specimens, four males and four females, from Cagayan, which present no differences from evidanus Feld., except that the tone of colour of the male is distinctly bluer than usual. Dr. Staudinger calls his var. didutior a small local form of eridanus Feld.; this remark no doubt arises from the fact that he had not differentiated this species from the large padus of Felder, the two former being similar in size as well as colour and pattern. The genitalia are very similar to those of A. padus Feld., but the hooks attached to the lower part of the tegumen are recurved, as shown in Plate IV. fig. 13. ARHOPALA CAROLINA Holland. Arhopala carolina Holland, Novit. Zool. vol. vii. p. 78 (1900). Hab. Buru Island. Expanse, ¢ & 2, about 40 mm. I have not seen this species, which is described from specimens in Dr. Holland's collection. I admit it with some doubt, believing it will turn out to be merely a slight AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. dL variety of ertdanus Feld. Dr. Holland says it is like polita Rober (a synonym of eridanus), but the spots below, instead of being round, are elongated transversely. In many species of this genus I have noticed that the spots are occasionally liable to this curious malformation. ARHOPALA OPALINA (Moore). Nilasera opalina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 581, pl. xlix. fig. 1, 3. Arhopala opalina de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 257 (1890). Hab. Khasia Hills. Expanse, ¢, 38 mm. This species can be recognised at once from its neighbours by its small size and the quite distinct pattern of the under surface. It was described from a unique male specimen in the collection of Mr. Moore, which specimen is unique to the present time. ARHOPALA VIOLA Semp. (non VIOLA Rober). (Plate I. fig. 7, ¢; Plate III. figs. 29 & 30, 2.) Arhopala viola Semp. Schmetterl. Philip. i. p. 196. Hab. Mindanao. Expanse, ¢ 36, 2 36-37 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings violaceous blue, slightly lustrous ; primaries with a narrow black costa and very broad apical area and posterior margin, the latter becoming narrower at the anal angle; secondaries with costa broadish black, and posterior margin narrow ; abdominal fold grey; from the submedian nervure up to the upper discal nervule is a marginal row of black lunules decreasing in size. Underside: both wings darkish brown, spots rather darker than ground, encircled, or partially so, with whitish. Primaries with two basal spots; the third closing the cell is not margined at its costal or anal edge with white, but occupies a large irregular area from the second subcostal to the lower median nervule ; the transverse fascia consists of four confluent spots outwardly inclined, below which are three more confluent spots shifted inwards and reaching almost to the inner margin; submarginal lunular row distinct, extreme margin finely edged with white; there is a small light patch near the anal angle on the inner margin. Secondaries with half a spot on the extreme upper basal edge, the white border of which extends shortly along the costa; beyond and below this are the four basal spots, the lowest: shifted inwards on to the internal nervure; outside these are three largish spots, the top one of which is not margined with white on its costal edge; cell shifted inwards. Chain-like fascia very irregular, the second spot shifted outwards, the third still further outwards, the fourth outwards somewhat again, fifth well inwards, sixth slightly outwards, the seventh spot at angle inwards, touching the long final spot, which nearly reaches the lowest basalone. This fascia is not absolutely H 2 52 Mk. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE fractured anywhere, though so irregular ; submarginal lunular row distinct. A black spot occupies the lobe and the marginal space between the submedian and lower median nervures and between the latter and the second median nervule; the first and last are slightly edged above with bluish-metallic scales, and the middle spot has its entire central area filled with these scales, so that it appears as two little black spots at each extremity. Extreme margin finely white. Tail black, tipped with white. 2. Upperside: both wings pale azure-blue; primaries with very broad costal and posterior margins. Secondaries with very broad costal and posterior margins, the latter narrowing at anal angle; abdominal fold grey; anal angle with two black spots, lobe with a small black spot. Underside as in male, but spots more broadly encircled with white, and in the primaries the submedian area is all whitish, with the usual spot below the middle discal spot. This area in the male is almost uniform in colour with the ground. I have before me a second female in which the blue is deep slightly lustrous ultramarine, and the markings of the underside are not so confluent, and the ground darker brown. A male and two females from Mindanao. Both these females are figured on Plate III. figs. 29 & 30. E Maus. Staudinger. This species is much smaller than eridanus Feld., and may be- known by this fact and also because the apex and outer margin are broadly blackish, whilst in the female the pale central area is not white but blue and is very restricted. The under surface is darker in both sexes, and with the white outlines of pattern narrower. ARHOPALA ANNULATA (Felder). (Plate IV. figs. 16 & 16 a.) Amblypodia annulata Felder, Lep. Amboin., Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xl. p. 452 (1860) ; Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 9 (1862) ; id. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 5, pl. ii. fig. 21 (1865). Amblypodia tristris Rober, Iris, vol. i. p. 200, Taf. Ix. fig. 9 (1887). Amblypodia erebina Staudinger, Iris, vol. i. p. 123, Taf. 1. fig. 14 (1889). Hab. Amboina; Banka Island; Palawan and Saparua and Mindoro. Expanse, ¢ 32-38, ? 35 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings brown, with a few blue scales scattered over the basal half of the wings; in one specimen before me these blue scales occupy the whole of the basal, central, and submedian area, and in the secondaries the same area, but to a more limited extent. Tail brown, tipped with white, not long. Underside: both wings brown, with slightly darker spots encircled with whitish. Primaries with three discal spots increasing in size ; below the spot closing the cell is another smaller one, and in the submedian area is another beneath the second discal spot; the transverse chain- like band is composed of seven distinct spots, all touching each other, except that in the submedian area, which varies much in size. The first spot on the costa is very small, and is followed by three shifted outwards and outwardly inclined; the fifth is AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 53 shifted well inwards; the sixth outwards again, immediately below which is the seventh detached spot. Submarginal lunular row distinct, beyond which is a marginal row of dark dashes interrupted at each nervure; extreme margin pale; subdiscoidal area slightly paler than ground. Secondaries: a half-spot at the extreme basal edge of the costa; four basal spots below each other, the lowest shifted inwards, followed by three large spots; cell closed by a large, somewhat irregular spot, beneath which is a small triangular one shifted inwards; chain-like band composed of eight spots, the two costal ones inclined outwards, the next two shifted well outwards, fifth spot shifted decidedly inwards, sixth outwards, the angular seventh spot slightly inwards, whence the long eighth spot runs upwards to the lowest basal one, which it sometimes touches ; submarginal lunular row distinct; marginal row less distinct ; extreme margin finely paler; a dark spot occupies anal angle, the marginal submedian space, and the marginal space between the lower median and the second median nervule, over which are slightly scattered, but more thickly in the central space, bluish-metallic scales. 9. Upperside: both wings as in male, but with a large central and basal and sub- median area of superimposed pale bluish scales; this area is more restricted in the secondaries. In one specimen before me this area is whitish, tinged with lavender. A dark spot shows through, closing each of the cells. Underside as in male, but spots darker and more broadly encircled with white. Dr. Staudinger’s species erebina, from Saparua, agrees precisely with annulata in every particular, and so does Réber’s tristis from Banka—in fact, Hewitson’s drawing might have been taken from Dr. Staudinger’s type, they are so close. This species may be easily recognised from viola Semp. by its brown colour and smaller size; the shape of the wings is also different, being narrower than in Semper’s insect. The female is variable; I have one in which the blue is quite bright (almost ultramarine), others almost brown, and one whitish. The superimposed blue scales are evidently rubbed off easily in both sexes, and are often very sparse indeed. In the genitalia the same recurved (at the base) hooks appear as in eridanus, with subtriangular clasps and small penis. ARHOPALA TEPHLIS (Hewitson). (Plate I. figs. 15 & 16,3; Plate IV. figs. 14 & 14 a.) Amblypodia tephlis Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 14 ¢, figs. 57 & 58, ¢ (1865) Amblypodia bicolora Rober, Iris, vol. i. p. 71, Taf. v. fig. 7 (1886). Hab. Gilolo ; Celebes ; -Halmaheira. Expanse, ¢ & 2, about 47 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dull violaceous blue, with a not very narrow black costa and a broadish black posterior margin to the primaries, and fringes tipped with snowy white for the anal half. Secondaries with broad brown costa, and apex increasing in width at the anal angle ; abdominal fold grey; extreme margin in anal area bright blue ; 54 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE tail black, tipped with white, fringes tipped with snowy white; the submedian and lower median nervures are slightly elongated, so as to form two more very short tails, the upper one being the shorter. Underside: both wings brown, with spots marked out by broad whitish margins, but in the primaries the spots are not encircled, though in the secondaries most are completely encircled. Primaries with three discal spots, the large irregular one closing the cell quite open above and below; submedian area whitish ; below the middle discal spot is another spot in the submedian space; trans- verse fascia marked out by three confluent spots, which are quite open above and below—these have an outward tendency ; below are two more distinct confluent spots, shifted so much inwards that their outer margins touch the inner margins of the previous three—these two have a very broad internal white margin ; immediately below them is a double crescentic dark spot; submarginal line distinct, between which and the upper three spots of the transverse fascia is a dusting of white scales. Secondaries with a half-spot at the upper basal extremity of the costa; four basal spots below each other, the second and fourth shifted inwards, the latter being outside the internal nervure; beyond these are three large spots, the upper one of which is situated in a large whitish patch; cell closed by a large irregular spot, below which is a smaller one shifted a little inwards. The transverse chain-like fascia is composed of two very large upper spots, open above and below; the third, shifted right out on to the outer margin of the second, is very small indeed and entirely encircled with whitish ; the fourth, equally small and encircled, is again shifted on to the outer margin of the previous one; fifth smaller, still shifted inwards, below which is the sixth; the angular seventh spot much larger and shifted slightly inwards, and confluent with the eighth, which runs upwards to the internal nervure; following the course of this fascia is a dark submarginal line with an interior pale edging, and the space between the two is more or less suffused with whitish. Lobe-spot black, between which and the second median nervule the marginal area is covered with bright blue metallic scales, a very few being also sprinkled above and below the lobe-spot. ?. Upperside: both wings blackish brown, with a small brightish blue patch occupying the basal, submedian, and discoidal areas. Underside precisely as in male. This is a common species in South Celebes, and is very distinct from all others, its nearest ally being bazaloides Hew. This insect is subject to great variation, the form found in Celebes and in Halma- heira, named by Rober dicolora, being of a brighter blue and less violaceous ; it has very narrow black borders, the underside of which has very much less white and the spots are only margined very finely with white. I have, however, from 8. Celebes specimens exactly like the type-form also. Herr Réber had evidently overlooked Hewitson’s inadequate description and also his figures; the two insects are identical. The genitalia are compressed, with the clasps larger and more rounded ; the penis, with a trumpet-shaped orifice, is small. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 55 ARHOPALA BAZALOIDES (Hewitson). (Plate I. fig. 17; Plate IV. figs. 15 & 15a.) Amblypodia bazaloides Hewitzon, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenidz, Suppl. p. 21, pl. vii. figs. 62 & 63. Arhopala bazalus de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 249 (1890). Hab. Palawan; Mindanao; Zebu; Assam ; Travancore and Canara. Expanse, ¢ 37, 2 40 mm. 3. Upperside : both wings deep purplish, with broad costal and posterior brown margins. In the secondaries these borders are decidedly broader than in the primaries; abdominal fold brown. ‘Tail brown, white-tipped, the nervures on each side of which are elongated and form two very short tails. Underside: both wings brown, with the spots margined with whitish. Primaries with three discal spots increasing in size, that closing the cell being open above and below; beneath it is a short white dash; the transverse band is just discernible by the interior and exterior interrupted white margins; the upper three spots shifted outwards, the next two inwards, so that their inner edge touches the white dash just mentioned; below this is a small dark submarginal row, fairly distinct ; below the second discal spot there is a trace of another in the pale submedian area; apex with a few scattered whitish scales. Secondaries suffused more or less almost all over with whitish scales, with half a spot at the extreme basal edge of the costa, the usual four basal followed by the three larger spots, the upper ones of these two series being confluent ; cell closed by a large spot, beneath which is a small triangular one. ‘Transverse band indefinite, consisting of four pairs of spots: the upper pair being dark and large; second pair small, indistinct, and projected outwards; third small pair shifted inwards, almost confluent with the seventh angular spot, which is also confluent with the eighth long spot, which latter is broken up into two, that touching the angular spot being small and round. ‘There is a distinct submarginal dark waved line ; anal spot black ; a black spot also between the sub- median and lower median nervure, and between the latter and the second median nervule, —these two being covered with bluish-metallic scales, which also edge the anal spotabove. @. Upperside: both wings brighter purplish than in the male, with very broad, dark brown apical and posterior margins, and broad costa in primaries. In the secondaries the purplish is confined to nearly the area of the cell. I have before me a male and two females of this Philippine form. ‘There are decided differences between them and dicolora; it is only about three-quarters its size, the white margins of the spots below in the primaries are reduced so much as to become in some cases almost olsolete—the colour is quite different above and below; whilst in the secondaries the colour is also different, and the chain-band spots decidedly larger, though the insect is smaller. In de Nicéyille’s collection are quite typical specimens from the Khasia Hills (Assam), Travancore, Canara; but he mistook Hewitson’s species bazalus (his teesta) for this insect. The genitalia are similar to those of tephlis, but the clasps differ, as 56 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE will be seen on reference to the figures (Plate IV. figs. 15 & 15a), and the hooks have a decided upward curve at their extremities. ARHOPALA THEBA (Hewitson). (Plate IV. figs. 17 & 17a.) Amblypodia theba Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 6, pl. v. figs. 29 & 30 (1865). Hab. Mindoro; Mindanao. Expanse, ¢ 41, 9 42 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings brilliant pale morpho-blue, primaries shading into rich deep purple on the costa from the end of the discoidal cell to the apex and down the posterior margin to about the lower median nervule; costa narrowly black, posterior margin rather broadly black. Secondaries with a broadish dark costa; abdominal fold grey ; posterior margin very finely black, and dotted with black between each nervure ; tail black, tipped with white. Underside: both wings very dark brown, with the spots no darker than the ground, but marked out by broad white margins. Primaries with two discal spots not margined on the costal edge; the third spot, closing the cell, very large and irregular, is open above and below, and extends from the second subcostal on to the submedian nervule from the lower edge of the cell; the inner white margin is projected suddenly outwards so as to almost touch the outer margin on the lower median nervule ; the transverse band is irregularly marked out by the white margins, which rapidly taper from just below the lower discoidal nervure until they meet on the lower median; margin spotted with white between each nervule, with brown central dashes; submedian space whitish; the usual spot in the subdiscal area is present just below the second discal spot; there is a short white dash on the costal nervure up to the first discal spot. Secondaries with a half-spot slightly extended outwards on the extreme basal margin of the costa; four basal spots below each other, the lowest shifted inwards beyond the internal nervure, almost touching the margin itself ; beyond these are three larger spots, the upper one not margined on the costal edge ; cell closed by a large subquadrate spot, open above and below, beneath which the usual spot can be traced by its internal and external margins; the transverse band marked out only by the lateral margins of the usual spots, but the margins are very irregular, thus the inner margin of what should be the second spot is projected well inwards, the margins of the third slightly outwards, and the fourth more outwards, the fifth well inwards, the sixth outwards, the angular seventh inwards and it is quite confluent with the eighth long spot, running up to the internal nervure ; outside this fascia there is a suffusion of white scales ; marginal row distinct the internal margin of which is very finely white; extreme margin white; anal spot black; spot between the second and lower median nervule black, the space between being filled with ereenish-metallic scales, which are also scattered more or less over the spots. @. Upperside: both wings brown, with a large pale blue patch over the basal and AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 57 central areas, extending right into the inner margin in the primaries; this patch in the secondaries is larger in extent, extending further towards the posterior margin. Underside precisely as in male. This very lovely species forms a natural connecting-link, by its underside pattern, between bazaloides Hew. and the most beautiful (though not the largest in size) subgroup of the genus. From bazaloides Hew. it is immediately separable by its gorgeous colouring above, whilst below the pattern, though similar in character, is equally distinct in the very marked contrast of almost pure white and very dark brown. I have specimens from Mindanao as well as from Mindoro, so we may expect it to occur in other islands of the Philippine group. The genitalia are very distinct ; the tegumen is not a hood, but is open at the top, and the laterals are small, the side supports being ample; the hooks are double-jointed, with the terminal arm sharply bent at the elbow; the clasps are curved and rather small, whilst the penis is long, slender, horn-shaped, with a trumpet-shaped orifice. ARHOPALA ARGENTEA Staudinger. Arhopala argentea Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 281, pl. xevi. (1888). Arhopala clarissa Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 366 (1897) ; id. Rhop. Exot., Lyczenide, pl. xiv. figs. 4 & 5 (1898). Hab. Minahassa and South Celebes. Expanse, ¢ 45, 9 46 mm. I have, through my friend Dr. Staudinger’s kindness, his two types of this most unusual and lovely insect. The best description of the colour of the male is to call it mother-of-pearl, for it quite shows the greenish and mauve translucent tints of that material. It is at once separable from all other species by this colour. Mr. Grose- Smith has since described it from South Celebes, so that it occurs both in the north and south of that island. ARHOPALA SANGIRA Bethune-Baker. (Plate I. fig. 20, ¢ .) Arhopala sangira Bethune-Baker, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xxxii. p. 202 (1897). Hab. Sangir. Expanse, ¢, 44 mm. This unique and beautiful little insect has only been recorded from the one island. It should be recognised at a glance whenever found. ARHOPALA ARONYA (Hewitson). Amblypodia aronya Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 14: e, pl. iii 6. figs. 45 & 46 (1865). Hab. Mindanao. VoL. XviI.—Part 1. No. 8.—August, 1903. I 58 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE Expanse, ¢ & 2, 46-48 mm. Hewitson’s figures are very fair. I have a male from the same locality as his type, in which the colour is rather deep purplish blue, much deeper than usual. ARHOPALA ANTHORE (Hewitson). (Plate IV. figs. 18 & 18 a.) Amblypodia anthore Hewitson, B. M. Cat. Lye. pl. iii. figs. 21 & 22 (1862); id. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 6 (1865). Arhopala anthore Hewitson, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 280, pl. xevi. (1888). Hab. Batchian, Halmaheira, and Ternate. Expanse, ¢ 45-48, 2 about 44 mm. From the preceding species anthore may be recognised by its larger size, brilliant blue, and by its underside being spotted rather than lined, as in Felder’s species. From helius Cram. it may be known in that its underside is uniform dark brown, the spots being merely marked out by the white edging, and no darker than the ground, whilst in Cramer’s insect the spots are very decidedly darker than the ground-colour. The colour above is almost the same, but anthore Hew. is usually more suffused with purple in the primaries than is heliws Cram. In distribution the species is very local though apparently plentiful where it occurs. I can trace it only from Batchian, Halmaheira, and Ternate. The genitalia have the tegumen hooded, extending right down to the extremities of the side supports; the hooks are straightish, the clasps suboval, and the penis small and slender. ARHOPALA HELIUS (Cramer). (Plate I. fig. 21 g, & var. ANTHELIUS Stgr., fig. 22 3.) Papilio helius Cramer, Pap Exot. pl. cci. figs. F, G (1782). Polyommatus helius Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. xliv. fig. 4. Arhopala phryzus Boisd. Voy. de Astrolabe, Ent. p. 75. Amblypodia phryxus Westwood, Doubl. & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 478. Amblypodia helius Westwood, Doubl. & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 478. Amblypodia helius var. anthelius Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 281 (1888). Amblypodia tamyrus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 230, pl. xxviii. fig. 30 (1865). Amblypodia helius Ribbe, Iris, vol. ii. p. 256 (1889). Amblypodia sophax Mathew, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, p. 47. Arhopala heltianthes Grose-Smith, Rhop. Exot. vol. iii, p. 11, pl. xxv. figs. 5, 6, 7 (1902). Hab. Amboina; Aru; Tokal Key; New Guinea; Ceram; Waigeoe; Solomon Islands ; Fergusson Island. Expanse, ¢ , 41-44 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings brilliant morpho-blue. Primaries shading into deep rich slightly purplish blue over the cell and in the apical area, and slightly on the upper half of the posterior margin; costa dark brown from costal nervure to margin, beyond extremity of nervure very narrowly brown; posterior margin less narrowly AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 59 blackish. Secondaries with costa broadly grey; narrow brown posterior margin ; abdominal fold pale grey. Underside: both wings pale brown, with a purplish shade in many parts; spots dark and velvety, broadly margined with whitish. Primaries with a pale submedian area ; three discal spots increasing in size; above the outer edge of the second are two very small spots over each other; two or three are over the third spot; below this is another, and a trace of one in the pale submedian area below the second spot; transverse fascia consists of six confluent spots, the second shifted inwards, the third well outwards, the lower three below each other and shifted slightly inwards ; there is sometimes just a trace of a small detached spot below the submedian nervure ; submarginal row distinct. Secondaries with a half-spot at the extreme basal edge of the costa ; four basal small spots, second and fourth shifted inwards, the fourth beyond the internal nervure, the first spot being a double one; beyond these are three large spots, the upper one being shifted right outwards, its inner margin touching the outer margin of that below it, and the lowest spot runs outwards into the seventh spot of the transverse fascia; cell closed by a large suboval spot; transverse fascia consists of nine spots, the second slightly shifted outwards, the confluent third and fourth right out, their inner margin touching the outer margin of the second, the fifth and sixth each slightly inwards, the usual angular seventh spot is divided into two, the upper of the two running into the lowest of the three across the central discal area, and the lower of the two—or the eighth, as I call it—confluent with the long spot which extends up almost to the lowest basal spot; submarginal band distinct, the white margins of which are rather suffused ; lobe-spot black ; spot between the second and lower median nervures black, the marginal space between which is broadly coloured with greenish-blue metallic scales which extend considerably over each spot; extreme margin whitish ; tail stout, rather short, brown, tipped with white. 2. Upperside: both wings pale silvery azure-blue. Primaries with costa narrowly, apex very broadly, and posterior margin broad at first, then tapering to quite narrow, black. Secondaries with costa broadly dark grey, and posterior margin narrowly black. Underside as in male, but paler. This species, which is one of the two on which Boisduval founded his genus Arhopala, may be known from anthore Hew. by the pale submarginal suffusion and by the fact that the markings are decidedly darker than the ground and are much more spotted in appearance. Var. anthelius Staudinger is a very pretty smaller form described from Aru and Waigeoe, but the Aru specimens are without doubt ordinary helius; the Waigeoe specimens, however, are readily separable by the smaller size, especially noticeable in the females, and by the dark purple suffusion of the undersides, which is particularly prominent in the secondaries. Mr. Grose-Smith’s helianthes, of which I have specimens from Milne Bay, New Guinea, is referable to Staudinger’s variety; it corresponds precisely with it. 12 60 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA MINNETTA (Butler). Amblypodia minnetta Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 152 (1882). Hab. Duke of York Island; New Britain ; New Guinea. Expanse, ¢, 41 mm. This species is probably a local race of Arhopala helius, but is separable easily by the quite pale under surface and by the spots being somewhat smaller. ARHOPALA ALBOPUNCTATA (Hewitson). Amblypodia albopunctata Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14c. n. 89, pl. iii d. figs. 43 & 44, g (1869). Narathura albopunctata Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zoology, vol. xxi. p. 44 (1886). Arhopala albopunctata de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 261. n. 821, frontispiece fig. 126 (1900). Hab. Burma. Expanse, ¢ 37-44, 2 33-42 mm. The figure of the female given on the frontispiece by de Nicéville, in his ‘ Butterflies of India,’ vol. iii., is not like Hewitson’s female specimens ; the underside markings are almost entirely disintegrated and practically resolve themselves into white spots and dots, though it is just possible to trace the sequence of the pattern, and there is scarcely any trace of the oval black spots at the anal angle of the upperside mentioned by him. This species can be immediately separated from dycwnaria Feld. by the metallic morpho- blue of its upper surface, which in the latter insects is somewhat shining pale violet, and the strong contrast of the dark ground and white spots and dots of the underside is very different to lycenaria. ARHOPALA LYCHNARIA (Felder). Amblypodia lycenaria Felder, Wien. ent. Monatsch. vol. iv. p. 396. n. 8 (1860) ; Hewitson, Cat. Lyc. B.M. p. 12. n. 54 (1862) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 18738, p. 354. n. 12. Arhopala lycenaria Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 232. n. 258, pl. xxix. fig. 138, ¢ (1865). Narathura lycenaria Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 269. n. 15, woodcut n. 79, g (1885). Amblypodia olinda Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 354, pl. xxxiil. fig. 5, 2. Amblypodia buxtoni Hewitson, Il. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 22. n. 104, pl. viii. suppl. figs. 68 & 69, ? (1878). Narathura buxtoni Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 464. n. 20, pl. xliv. fig. 18, 9 (1886). Arhopala lycenaria de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 262. Arhopala buxtoni, de Nicéville, loc. cit. Arhopala olinda Druce, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 591. Hab. Malacca (interior); Penang ; Singapore; Borneo; Sumatra. Expanse, ¢ 34-38, 2 36-39 mm. A, lycenaria is a species that has been rare hitherto; I do not think, however, that olinda Druce can be separated from it. Felder’s original type is small and weak-looking ; but I have other specimens before me, undoubted lycenaria, that are AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANID#. 61 fully as large as ordinary olinda and likewise almost identical in colour, whilst the general pattern of the underside is quite inseparable. They appear to obtain in exactly the same localities, and I think they must be synonymous. ARHOPALA ALITAUS (Hewitson). (Plate IV. figs. 19 & 19a.) Amblypodia aliteus Hewitson, Cat. Lyc. B.M. p. 7. n. 29, pl. v. figs. 45 & 46, 3 (1862) ; id. Ml. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 8 (1865). Amblypodia viviana Rober, Iris, vol. i. p. 200, Taf. ix. figs. 13 & 14 (1887). Hab. Makassar ; South Celebes; Banka; Mindoro. Expanse, ¢ 35, 9 32 mm. Rober has described specimens from Banka as viviana which, without doubt, belong to this species; both male and female are exactly like Hewitson’s insect in every particular, except that the posterior border of the latter is slightly wider. The form found in Celebes is much brighter blue, though dark, and not violaceous, whilst in the female the blue is brighter still and confined to a small spot just below and at the end of the cell of the primaries, and the underside is a little more strongly marked, but exactly the same pattern. Dr. Staudinger has sent me a specimen from Mindoro, and there is also one in Semper’s Philippine collection. It is at once recognisable from its allies and is fairly well figured by Hewitson. The genitalia are less robust, the hooks are spatulate, the clasps subtriangular, with a moderately robust penis. ARHOPALA MIRABELLA Doherty. Arhopala mirabella Doherty, J. A. S. B. 1889, vol. lvii. pt. 2, p. 420. n. 13. Hab. Mergui; Myitta. I have not seen this species; from the description it appears to be an exceedingly close ally of alitwus Hewitson, so near that, without seeing the specimens, it is scarcely possible to differentiate them ; but with species that are so close, as in this genus they are, an opinion can scarcely be formed in the absence of a good figure or the specimen itself. ARHOPALA MYRTHA (Staudinger). (Plate I. fig. 23, ¢.) Amblypodia myrtha Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii. p. 127 (1889). Hab. Palawan. Expanse, ¢, 39 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings deep ultramarine-blue, quite lustrous as it catches the light, but in some lights very deeply subdued. Primaries with a very broad blackish posterior margin; fore part of costa narrowly brown up to the costal nervure. Secondaries with broad blackish margins all round; abdominal fold greyish; tail black, tipped with white. Underside: both wings warm cinnamon-brown, spots and fascia scarcely darker than ground, palely encircled. Primaries: three discal spots 62 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE imcreasing in size, below which are two spots separated by the lower median nervule, and over which are two indistinct small spots, with a third spot on the costa, that over the second spot beneath the costal nervure, between these, but further from the costa, is another indistinct dot; transverse chain-band composed of seven spots, first four detached from the three lower ones, the row of four is inclined outwards and the second and fourth spots are shifted outwards, the fifth and sixth are confluent, shifted well inwards, but with an outward inclination, the seventh spot smaller and indistinct; submarginal row fairly distinct; extreme posterior margin finely dark with a fine paler interior edge; submedian space paler. Secondaries with four basal darker spots, the third shifted outwards, followed by three larger ones below each other; cell closed by a large spot margined laterally, below which is a small triangular spot; transverse fascia with the first and second spot confluent, the second the larger, with its inner edge shifted well inwards and touching the spot closing the cell near the centre of its upper edge; third spot shifted well out- wards, fourth spot smaller, shifted outwards again, fifth inwards, its inner edge often almost touching the spot closing the cell, sixth slightly outwards, the seventh angular spot confluent or touching the eighth and shifted right inwards, its inner angle being very acute and its inner upper margin almost touching the small triangular spot; sub- marginal row distinct ; lobe-spot black; a black spot between the submedian and lower median and also between the latter and the second median nervule, which are almost obliterated by metallic-blue scales, which also edge the lobe-spot above and below ; extreme margin finely brown with a fine interior edging of white. This species may at once be recognised by the peculiar lustrous shading of the upper surface and by its unusually broad black outer margins, and also by the very irregular transverse band of the primaries beneath. I have before me three male specimens, all from Palawan. ARHOPALA MINDANENSIS, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 24, ¢ .) Hab. Mindanao; Mergui; Singapore. Expanse, ¢ 32-36, 9 45 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings deep sublustrous purplish violet, shading into lustrous brown in certain lights. Primaries: costa narrowly black, posterior margin with a broad black border. Secondaries with a very broad blackish costa and a broad posterior margin; abdominal fold pale brownish. Tail black, tipped with white. Underside: both wings greyish brown, with darker spots encircled with white. Primaries with three discal spots, the second very large, quite as large as the third ; below each of the latter two is another spot separated by the lower median nervule, that below the third having its white margin confluent with the inner margin of the third spot ; between these two discal spots and the costa are three or four very small indistinct spots; transverse fascia composed of seven spots, the first on the costa small, the AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDZ. 63 second larger, shifted outwards, third slightly inwards, fourth well outwards, these all having an outward inclination, fifth and sixth confluent and shifted inwards, seventh below the lower median nervule inwards again and irregular in shape ; submarginal row almost evanescent at apex but more distinct towards the anal angle. Submedian area whitish. Secondaries with four basal spots larger than usual. Second and fourth shifted inwards, third outwards, the upper three almost touching each other, followed by three larger ones, the lower two touching ; cell closed by a large irregular spot, below which is a small triangular one; transverse fascia with the second spot larger than the first, its inner margin being shifted inwards (though I have one specimen with the outer margin shifted outwards, but in this the spots are all compressed together, being a small specimen), third spot shifted right outwards, fourth outwards again, fifth inwards, sixth outwards and tapering in shape, seventh angular spot right inwards, detached, and confluent with the eighth long spot ; submarginal row distinct; extreme margin finely dark, edged by an interior fine pale line; anal spot blackish, and a black spot between the second and lower median nervures, the space between which and also over each being filled with metallic greenish-blue scales. ?. Upperside: both wings purplish brown. Primaries with a small purple patch occupying the discal and submedian area, but not below the submedian nervure. Secondaries with a purple patch very obscure and confined to the cell. I have one specimen before me without any purple on the secondaries. Underside precisely as in the male. This species may be known from myrtha Staudinger by its deep purplish-violet colour and by the border not being half as wide. On the underside also it differs by its pale colour and by the distinct white edging to the spots, and also by a slight whitish suffusion in the secondaries; the transverse band is, moreover, less fractured and the spots larger and slightly different in position. The tone of blue varies somewhat, one specimen being decidedly bluer than the type. A female from Mergui in de Nicéville’s collection is quite bright azure, and its underside pattern much more strongly marked. ARHOPALA MYRTALE (Staudinger). (Plate I. fig. 25, ¢.) Amblypodia myrtale Stgr. Iris, vol. 11. p. 126, pl. i. fig. 17 (non 16) (1889). Arhopala myrtale Druce, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1895, p. 592. Hab. Palawan; Borneo (Sandakan and Labuan). Expanse, ¢, 42-46 mm. The female of this species is not at present known. In his description Dr. Staudinger refers to some specimens doubtfully as the females, but he is so doubtful that he suggests the name myrtha should be given them should they prove distinct. There is no doubt that they are distinct, and, moreover, they are not females, but males having broad borders. This and the paler blue will at once separate them from myrtale; the 64 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE latter is also a larger insect with a darker underside and a very much less broken-up transverse band. ‘The same characteristics on the underside will separate it also from mindanensis B.-B., but the blue of my species is very decidedly darker and purpler and with broader borders than in myrtale. These three species are somewhat closely allied, but are, I believe, quite distinct and are easily separable. The legend to the plate in the ‘ Ivis’ (/. ¢.) is incorrect: fig. 17 represents myrtale and fig. 16 agesilaus. ARHOPALA AIDA de Nicéville. Arhopala aida de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. iv. p. 168. n. 7, pl. A. fig. 1, 3; id. Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 247. n. 802 (1890); Doherty, Journ. A.S. B. vol. lvin. pt 2, p. 422. n. 21; Druce, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1896, p. 666. Hab. Burma; Labuan (Druce). Expanse, ¢ , 44 mm. The female of this species is at present unknown. De Nicéville describes (J. ¢.) a female from Mergui, but is evidently doubtful as to its identity and notes certain differences. I have carefully examined his specimens and believe them to be a very strongly marked form of mindanensis, of which I have five specimens from Mindanao ; the female, however, is paler and brighter than my females, and the male is exactly the same above. Aida differs from myrtale Stgr. in its darker and more violet-blue and its broad outer margins; the undersides are, however, very much alike. ARHOPALA DOHERTYI, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 8, ¢; Plate IV. figs. 20 & 20a.) Hab. Celebes. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 38-42 mm. g. Upperside: primaries very dark deep blue, slightly violaceous, somewhat irid- escent, with very dark and broad purplish-brown posterior margins, the blue has a very uniform and defined posterior margin following the course of the wing-margin; costa narrowly dark brown. Secondaries dark brown, with a small deep blue patch occupying the central area of the wing ; abdominal fold greyish brown. Underside: both wings brown, with darker spots lightly encircled. Primaries with three increasing discoidal spots ; beneath the third is rather a large triangular spot; another small spot just beneath the inner end of the lower median nervule. Transverse chain-like band consisting of seven spots, of which the upper four have the inner edges uniformly curved outwards, but the outer edges of the two lower spots are projected outwards ; the fifth and sixth spots are shifted well inwards and are followed by a smaller spot . below the lower median nervule, usually, but not always, shifted slightly outwards ; submarginal row distinct ; extreme margin pale ; submedian area greyish. Secondaries with a small spot at the extreme basal edge of the costa, followed by the four basal spots below each other, the lowest shifted inwards beyond the internal nervure, three AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 65 larger spots across the central discal area; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a smaller one connecting it with the third central discal spot; chain-like band composed of eight spots, the two distinct upper spots outwardly inclined, third and fourth spots confluent, shifted well outwards, fifth spot small, shifted inwards, sixth spot outwards, the angular seventh confluent with the long eighth spot which touches the internal nervure; submarginal row distinct, extending very narrowly over the metallic spots up to the internal nervure, the light edging of which is more pronounced in the anal area; the black spots at the anal angle are almost entirely covered with metallic bluish-green scales up to the second median nervule; tail brown, tipped with white ; submedian nervure very slightly prolonged, so as to form a very short tooth-like anal projection ; extreme margin pale. 9. Upperside: primaries rich purplish black, with a patch of purplish blue occupying the cell, the submedian area, and about half of the posterior area below the upper median nervule. Secondaries dark brown, with a small patch of purplish blue occupying about the discoidal area; tail darker, tipped with whitish ; fringes grey. Underside as in male. I have described the blue of the male as iridescent ; this is not absolutely correct, but is the best term I can use, the one wing in the light looking very much brighter than the other, and in one particular light the wing looks lustrous brownish. It is evidently a common insect in Celebes, judging from the number Mr. Doherty sent over here. This is a very distinct species and should be recognised at a glance on account of the peculiar blue of the male and its exceedingly broad outer margins, while on the underside of the primaries the upper four spots of the transverse band are peculiar, the first spot quite small, second rather larger, third and fourth very much larger; the whole of the underside is also very distinctly marked. The genitalia have the usual hooded tegumen and straightish hooks, the clasps are ham-shaped with squarish extremities. The penis is rather small for the size of the insect and is straight. ARHOPALA LABUANA Bethune-Baker. Arhopala labuana Bethune-Baker, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896, p. 667, pl. xxx. figs. 12 9,13 ?. Hab. Labuan; Mindanao. Expanse, ¢ 49, 2? 44 mm. From dohertyi this species may be recognised by the brighter blue, very much narrower borders, much shorter tail, which is little more than a tooth-like projection, whilst below in the primaries the transverse band is not dislocated, but in the secondaries it is strongly dislocated. It is much nearer arzenius Felder, but is very much larger than that species; the distinctions are given in the description of that insect. VOL. XVII.—Part 1. No. 9,—August, 1903. K 66 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA ARZENIUS Felder. Arhopala arzenius Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 236, tab. xxix. fig. 18 (1865). Hab. Luzon; Batchian. Expanse, ¢ 40, 2 41 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings deep purplish blue, bright in some lights but exceedingly dull in others. Primaries with costa narrowly, outer margin widely, and apex very widely black; secondaries with costa broadly, and outer margin less broadly, black. Tail short, not much more than a tooth. Underside: both wings ochreous brown, with dark brown markings with pale outlines. Primaries with three small but increasing cell-spots, below each of which is another ; transverse band of nearly uniform width, rather wide, nearly straight, but with a very slight outward inclination, composed of six spots, the first of which is so small and indistinct as to be nearly obsolete, the sixth spot ends on the lower median nervule ; submarginal row distinct, composed of six spots terminating on the submedian nervure; submedian area very pale. Secondaries with four basal spots inwardly oblique, followed by four larger spots also somewhat inwardly oblique; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small one connecting it with the third spot in the second series of four; transverse band composed of seven spots, the second of which touches the quadrate spot—hind spot shifted right outwards on to the outer edge of the second, fourth slightly outwards, fifth smaller oval spot inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot well inwards; submarginal row distinct; a few metallic-blue scales near the anal angle. @. Upperside: both wings paler violet-blue; primaries with the costa broadly, outer margins more broadly, apex yet more broadly dark fuscous; cell closed by a blackish dash; secondaries with the costa very broadly, and the outer margins less broadly, fuscous. Underside precisely as in the male, but the metallic-blue scales near the anal angle, very few in the male, are absent in the female. From labuana this species may be recognised by its much smaller size and by the broad borders of the primaries, while on the underside the transverse band of the primaries is of uniform width, absolutely unbroken and nearly straight, and there is scarcely a trace of the metallic-blue scaling at the anal angle of the secondaries. ARHOPALA VIHARA (Felder). (Plate II. fig. 1, ¢.) Amblypodia vihara Felder, Wien. ent. Monatsch. vol. iv. p. 395. n. 5 (1860); Kheil, Rhop. der Insel Nias, p. 33. n. 122 (1884). Arhopala vihara Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 228. n. 253, pl. xxix. fig. 7 (1865). Narathura vihara Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 270. n..16, woodcut n. 80 (1885). Arhopala vihara de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 241 (1890); Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1896, p. 662. Hab. Malacca; Nias Island, Borneo (Labuan and Tameang-Lajang), Sumatra, and Upper ‘Tenasserim ! Expanse, ¢, 44 mm. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCAHNIDA, 67 3. Upperside: both wings deep blue; primaries with a narrow black costa and less narrow black posterior margin; secondaries with a very broad brown apical area, tapering off towards the base of costa; posterior margin rather narrowly black; abdominal fold greyish brown. Underside: both wings golden brown, with dark spots palely margined. Primaries with three discal spots, beneath each of which is another, two below the median nervure, the third in the angle of the lower median nervule ; transverse band composed of a curved row of four confluent spots, followed by two larger spots shifted inwards and another much smaller one below the lower median nervule; submarginal row somewhat indistinct; submedian area paler. Secondaries with four basal spots, second and fourth shifted inwards, the latter beyond the internal nervure, followed by three larger spots; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small triangular one; chain-like band composed of two distinct upper spots, the third and fourth confluent shifted right outwards, fifth inwards, sixth slightly outwards, the angular seventh spot inwards and confluent with the long eighth; submarginal row fairly distinct, the pale edging of which is much more pronounced at the anal angle above the metallic spots; a black velvety spot occupies the anal angle, and a small dark one the margin between the second and lower median nervule, between which the space is filled with metallic-blue scales, which also edge the spots above ; tail brown, tipped with white. I have not seen a female of this species ; it isa near ally of A. adorea de Niceville, but may be recognised by its darker blue, rather wide black borders, whilst below it is decidedly darker in colour, and the transverse band of the primaries is quite different in shape, which also applies to this band in the secondaries; the difference is, however, so difficult to convey in words that I must refer my readers to the figure; there is no costal spot in the primaries in front of the transverse band. In de Nicéville’s collection I find several males from Sumatra and I have two before me from Borneo. ARHOPALA ADOREA de Nicéville. Arhopala adorea de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iti. p. 238. n. 789, pl. frontispiece fig. 189, 3 (1890). Arrhopala adorea de Nicéville and Martin, Butt. Sumatra, Journ. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 465. n. 391 (1895). Hab. Sikkim; Khasia Hills; Tenasserim Valley; Burma; Singapore; Sumatra; Malacca. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 50-56 mm. There appear to be two forms of this species, one distinctly violet in shade, the other almost blue, and they have their respective females: beneath they are the same, but the colour above is readily separable; the blue form has rather broader outer margins than he purpler one, and I believe has often been confused with “ vihari Feld.,” with which it K 2 68 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE is very closely allied. It may be separated best by the underside pattern of the primaries, the spots being decidedly less than in Felder’s insect, which latter has also a different transverse band beginning with quite a small spot on the costa, and the fifth and sixth spot being much larger and shifted further inwards. The genitalia are similar to those of dohertyi, but larger, with subtriangular clasps, and more slender penis which has a long opening at the orifice. ARHOPALA PHENOPS Felder. (Plate I. fig. 27, 3.) Arhopala phenops Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. 1. p. 227. n. 251 (1865). Hab. Luzon and Philippine Islands. Expanse, ¢ & 2,36-39 mm. This species is easily separable from adorea de Nicéville, for it is very much smaller in size and the transverse band of the underside is not dislocated, and it is altogether more uniform in tone of colour. From sandakani mihi it may be recognised by its much duller and darker upper surface and by the broader margins ; beneath the colour is darker, the pattern is slightly different and is also more uniform than is my species. The figure will show at once the various points of difference. The genitalia are similar to those of dohertyi in pattern, but with smaller clasps rounded at the lower extremity but sharply angled at the upper extremity. ARHOPALA SANDAKANI Bethune-Baker. Arhopala sandakani Bethune-Baker & Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896, p. 671, pl. xxxi. fig. 2, 3. Hab. Sandakan; Java; Silam; Pulo Bai. Expanse, ¢ 35-45, 9 42 mm. This species is easily separated from the following by its smaller size, narrower margins, brighter and bluer colour, and by the darker tone of the undersides. Since describing this species, Mr. Cator has taken many in Pulo Bai and one in Silam, Borneo. The geni- talia are very similar to those of phanops, but the hooks are slightly curved upwards. ARHOPALA QUERCOIDES (Rober). (Plate I. fig. 26, ¢.) Amblypodia quercoides Rober, Iris, vol. 1. p. 72, Taf. v. fig. 9 (1886). Hab. Celebes. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 37-42 mm. This is a common insect in Celebes: in the male the violaceous colour has in certain lights a brown shimmer over it; it may be readily recognised from its near allies by its very much greyer under surface and very distinctly marked pattern and the unusually even transverse band. ‘The genitalia have oval extremities to their clasps, but are otherwise similar to those of phwnops. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCHNID. 69 ARHOPALA DRUCEI Bethune-Baker. Arhopala druce: Bethune-Baker & Druce, P. Z. S. Lond. 1896, p. 661, pl. xxx. figs. 1 ¢, 2 2. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo. Expanse, ¢ 55, 2 50 mm. This isa very marked species and should be recognisable immediately ; I have only seen a male and two females, all from Kina Balu, as mentioned in my original description (J. c.). ARHOPALA APHA de Nicéville. Arhopala apha de Nicéville, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. ix. p. 287. n. 21, pl. O. fig. 31, 3 (1895). Hab. Tenasserim; Burma; Lombok. Expanse, ¢ 48-58, 9 48 mm. This species is a very ciose ally of adatha Hew., but its under surface is of a pinker and richer brown, whilst the spots are very much darker than in Hewitson’s species. The upperside of apha is of a very much brighter and more shining blue and its outer borders are rather broader: there should be no difficulty in separating these species. I have recently received a pair of apha from Herr Fruhstorfer, taken in the Isle of Lombok. ARHOPALA ADATHA (Hewitson). Amblypodia adatha Hewitson, Cat. Lyc. B.M. pl. iv. figs. 29, 30, & 31, g (1862); id. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 8. n. 28 (1865) ; Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Zoology, vol. i. p. 548. n. 4 (1877). Narathura adatha Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 265 (figures incorrect) (1885). Arhopala adatha de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 247. Hab. Amboina; Malacca; Singapore; Celebes; Philippine Islands (Mindanao and Mindoro). Expanse, ¢ & 2, 48-54 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dark, somewhat purplish blue, primaries with costa narrowly and posterior margin less narrowly black, secondaries with costa very broadly and posterior margin rather narrowly blackish ; lobe spot black, edged above with whitish ; tail blackish, white-tipped. Underside: both wings rufous brown, with dark spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing discal spots ; above the third is a small spot on the costa and below it (the third) is another in the lower median angle, the subdiscal area is darker ; submedian area quite pale up to the submarginal row; transverse band oblique, composed of six confluent spots, the first on the costa being the smallest, the second, third, and fourth are continuous, fifth very slightly shifted inwards, 70 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE sixth ending on the lower median nervule shifted slightly outwards, below this is a detached or occasionally almost detached spot ; submarginal row obscure, but quite perceptible: marginal row almost obsolete. Secondaries with four basal spots, the fourth beyond the internal nervure, followed by three larger spots below each other ; cell closed by a large subquadrate spot, below which in the lower median angle is another very narrow spot; two large spots below each other from the costal nervure to the subquadrate spot, the lower one of which also touches the transverse band, which begins on the upper discoidal nervule and is composed of two curved confluent spots edged laterally, followed below by the third spot shifted inwards, fourth shifted outwards, fifth angular, shifted right inwards and completely confluent with the sixth long spot, so that it appears as an angulated fascia with one side abnormally long; submarginal row obscure; marginal sublunulated row likewise obscure ; lobe-spot black, followed by two other black marginal spots, which are almost entirely obliterated by bronzy-green metallic scales, which also edge the lobe-spot above, the metallic scales being margined above with very pale greyish. ?. Upperside: both wings dark purplish brown, with a very large patch of rather brighter purplish blue occupying the cell, the submedian and three-fifths of the median areas of the primaries, and in the secondaries just over the cell and about two-fifths of the median area; the blue of the primaries is invaded at the end of the cell by a wedge of ground-colour. Underside precisely as in male. There has been considerable confusion with this species, which was figured by Hewitson as adatha in his Cat. Lycenidee B.M. pl. iv. figs. 29-31, but in the text was sunk under micale Boisduval, and in his Ill]. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 8, was raised to specific rank again, but without any remark. His type labelled adatha from Amboina is quite evidently that shown as figure 31, which is a very fairly accurate figure. Had it been left thus the matter was perfectly simple, but unfortunately Mr. Distant refers to it in his work Rhop, Malay. p. 265, tab. xxii. figs. 1 ¢, 2 9, thus:—“ The figures here given are those of a male and female specimen captured in Malacca by Captain Pinwill and now contained in the British Museum; these figures do not altogether correspond to those given by Mr. Hewitson as representative of his species. I have, however, carefully compared them with the type specimens of Hewitson, and find that they are correct and faithful.” In Hewitson’s collection there is one specimen labelled adatha: this Mr. Distant, I doubt not, has called the type specimen; I have done it likewise, more especially as Hewitson’s figure 31 is quite evidently drawn from it; but how Mr. Distant can consider his figures are “correct and faithful” to it, I cannot under- stand—they have no resemblance whatever, either in form, colour, or markings, to Hewitson’s specimen labelled adatha; they evidently depict an insect belonging to quite a different section of this genus. But are figures 29 and 30 the same species as 31%t—de Nicéville considers them probably distinct (vide Butt. India, 7. ¢.). I feel however, that I really cannot separate them. All the Amboina specimens have the AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 71 transverse band of the primaries unbroken, and one specimen from Minahassa (Celebes) has this band likewise unbroken, another has it slightly fractured at the fifth and sixth spot, whilst several Philippine specimens have similar slight fractures, but one from Mindoro has the band distinctly fractured and is exactly represented by figure 29 from Singapore ; otherwise both in size and colour they are just the same and also as to the width of the margin. Under these circumstances I do not see any advantage in splitting the forms up, as, until we have very much more material there can be no certainty of being correct in so doing. The identity of adatha Hew. is, however, quite settled, and I feel myself that the other is merely an aberration, perhaps a gradual setting up into a local form of the same species. There is nothing unusual about the genitalia. ARHOPALA MALAYICA, n. sp. (Plate IL. fig. 2, ¢.) Hab. Philippine Islands ; Java. Expanse, ¢ & 2,50-58 mm. g¢. Upperside: both wings deep purplish blue, primaries with the costa rather narrowly brown and outer margin rather wider and blackish, secondaries with the costa broadly and the outer margin not very narrowly blackish. Tail long, black, tipped with white, the nervule on each side of it being elongated so as to make a slight tooth; lobe well developed, with a black spot edged slightly above with metallic blue. Underside: both wings ochreous brown, with dark spots palely edged. Primaries with three small but increasing cell-spots; below the third is a large one in the lower median angle; subdiscal area dark with a very faint paler spot in the middle; transverse band narrow, composed of six confluent spots, with a very slight outwardly oblique inclination, the band being nearly straight, except that the fourth spot is curved very slightly outwards and the fifth spot has its inner edge shifted slightly inwards below the sixth spot; in the pale submedian area is another spot (divided into two in the type male, but not so in the female) shifted inwards ; submarginal row distinct but indefinite. Secondaries with small spot at basal extremity of costa; four quite small basal spots, the third shifted well outwards, followed by three larger spots below each other; cell closed by a largish spot, below which is another in the lower median angle; shifted well out from the spot closing the cell are two spots which usually form the upper two spots of the transverse band between the costal and upper discoidal nervures, the two spots are isolated and con- fluent, the second being the larger ; the transverse band beginning on the upper discoidal nervule and shifted right out is composed of six spots, the first four almost confluent, but with the second having in the type, but not always so, a slight outward shifting and the third a very slight inward shifting, the fifth angular spot confluent with the long sixth spot is shifted right inwards; submarginal row broad and fairly distinct; lobe- 72 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE spot large, velvety black, and a deep black spot beyond the tail, well covered, as is also the space between the two spots, with bright pale bluish-metallic scales, which likewise edge the lobe-spot above. 2. Upperside: both wings violet-blue; primaries with very broad black costa and outer margin, and yet broader apical area; secondaries with very broad margins all round. Underside like that of the male, except that the ground-colour is rather paler. One specimen from Mindoro has the costa and outer margin of the primaries decidedly narrower than in the type. This species comes between adatha Hew. and silhetensis Hew. ; on the upperside it has wider borders than the former but rather narrower than the latter. In general pattern of the underside it is more like adatha, but has the spots nearly half the size and very much darker, thus forming a decided contrast with the ground-colours, and the transverse band of the secondaries is quite different, this being caused by the isolation of the upper two spots. The spots are also decidedly smaller than in si/hetensis ; there is also no spot on the costa of the primaries, and the transverse bands in both wings are not dislocated as they are in that species. In the genitalia the clasps have conical extremities. ARHOPALA SILHETENSIS (Hewitson). Amblypodia silhetensis Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 7. n. 31, pl. iv. figs. 27, 28, ¢ (1862). Arhopala silhetensis de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. 11. p. 237. n. 788 (1890). Arhopala arama de Nicéville, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. p. 285. n. 20 (1895). Hab. Sylhet; Sikkim Dooars, Sikkim; Burma (? Cochin China). Expanse, ¢ & 2, 49-54 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings deep purplish blue; primaries with the costa narrowly and the posterior margin broader black ; secondaries with the costa very broadly and the posterior margin less broadly, but increasing at the anal angle, black ; abdominal fold very broadly brown; lobe well developed ; tail blackish, tipped with white. Underside : both wings dull brown, with darker spots bordered with blackish with an outer encircling of white. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots; above the third near the costa is a small one, and below it (the third) another; subdiscal area dark, with a paler spot in the middle; submedian area paler; transverse band composed of seven spots, the first four placed obliquely outwards and slightly curved, the second and fourth being the largest, fifth and sixth spots shifted well inwards, but with an outward inclination, the seventh elongated spot is also shifted inwards, submarginal row distinct. Secondaries with a spot at the basal costal extremity, and the usual four basal spots, the fourth shifted inwards, followed by three larger ones below each other ; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small one, and above which are two confluent spots, the lower larger than that next the costa, these usually forming the AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCZNIDZ, 73 first two spots of the transverse band, which band begins on the upper discoidal nervule, composed of six spots, the second shifted outwards, the third well inwards, fourth outwards, fifth angular spot right inwards, detached and touching the sixth long spot which extends up to the internal nervure; lobe largely developed ; lobe-spot black finely edged above with metallic-blue scales, which extend slightly into the nervule interspace beyond, above which is a broad dash of greyish scales; submarginal row obscure. 2. Paler, and the blue more violet in shade ; in the primaries the costa and posterior margins are very broadly, and the apex yet more broadly, purplish black ; the secondaries have exceedingly broad margins all round. Underside as in the male. In the Hewitson collection is a female, labelled Cochin China, in which the blue is much brighter and paler than usual. A. silhetensis can be separated from malayica mihi by the pattern beneath; the spots are all larger, the transverse band of the primaries is distinctly fractured (whilst in my species it is not), and the transverse band of the secondaries is different, the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth spots being twice fractured, but being in malayica almost confluent ; there is also a distinct black spot in the lower median nervule space in my species, absent in Hewitson’s, and his species has only a trace of a very sparse metallic scaling, whereas mine has an abundance of bright blue metallic scales. From nicévillet it is easily separable because of the violet colour of that speciess, and by the pale greyish underside with the blackish spots standing out in strong contrast to my species. This little group of four species allied to adatha Hew. has been difficult to arrange : adatha Hew., malayica mihi, silhetensis Hew., and nicévillei mihi are all closely allied yet quite distinct in the appearance of the underside; of malayica I have nine specimens, and of nicévillec five, each constant in pattern: apha de Nicéville is close also, but I think there is no doubt that they are distinct from each other. A. arama of de Nicéville falls as a synonym of this species. My friend Mr. de Nicé- ville had never seen this species, and from Hewitson’s description he mistook the insect. I have carefully compared his type of arama with Hewitson’s insect, and find that they agree absolutely. Under the circumstances I have thought it well to describe these fully, more especially as this last species is very rare and Hewitson’s descripfion is very inadequate. ARHOPALA NICEVILLE, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 5, 3.) Hab. Burma and Sikkim. Expanse, ¢ 56, 9 48-56 mm. g. Upperside: both wings violet-blue, slightly lustrous, in certain lights dull violet ; primaries with the costa and outer margins narrowly dark fuscous: secondaries with the costa and abdominal margins broadly and the outer margin very narrowly dark fuscous; abdominal fold grey; lobe highly developed, with a blackish spot; VoL. xvil.—part 1. No. 10.—August, 19038. ii 74 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THER tail long, dark fuscous, tipped with white, nervures on each side of this being slightly elongated into a tooth-like projection. Underside: both wings greyish ochreous brown, with very dark brown, almost blackish spots encircled with whitish. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots; above the third a small one near the costa, and below it (the third) a large one in the lower median angle ; a very large subdiscal spot, with a pale centre in it; submedian area pale grey. ‘Transverse band composed of seven spots, highly dislocated between the fourth and fifth; the second spot is large and shifted outwards as to its outer margin only, third spot smaller with its outer margin consequently inwards, fourth spot shifted somewhat outwards altogether, fifth spot shifted right inwards, with its outer margin on the inner margin of the fourth spot, sixth long spot shifted slightly outwards, seventh spot shifted inwards, but with an outward inclination ; submarginal row distinct, but indefinite. Secondaries with a spot at the basal costal extremity ; four basal spots, the lowest shifted inwards, followed by three larger spots below each other; cell closed by a large quadrate spot, below which is another connecting it with the lowest of the three afore-mentioned ; above this cell- spot, touching it, are two large spots above each other, extending up to the costa ; these usually form the first two spots of the transverse band, but in this species they form an inner fascia with the cell-spot, the small one below it, and the third spot of the series of three. ‘Transverse band beginning on the discoidai nervure, composed of four spots and a large crook-shaped mark; the second spot is shifted outwards, third slightly inwards, fourth slightly outwards, the crook-shaped mark, composed of the angular spot and long spot combined in one, shifted right inwards and extending nearly up to the lowest of the basal spots. Submarginal row indefinite ; lobe-spot deep black, with a slight black marginal spot in each of the next two nervure interspaces, over which latter are superimposed greenish-metallic scales, which also edge the lobe-spot above; between these and the transverse band there is a slight scattering of greenish-grey submetallic scales on a darker background. @. Upperside: both wings a little bluer than the male; primaries with broad costa, broader outer margin, and very broad black apical area; cell closed by a black dash: secondaries with very broad black margins all round. Underside: both wings precisely as in the male. This species, of which I have five specimens before me, is nearest st/hetensis Hew., but may be readily distinguished by the paler violet-blue and the very narrow black borders to the primaries; beneath it is much paler and greyer, whilst the blackish spots, all standing out most prominently, make it recognisable at a glance. ARHOPALA NOBILIS (Felder). (Plate II. figs. 4 ¢,5 2.) Amblypodia nobilis Felder, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xl. p. 453 (1860). Arhopala nobilis Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. vol. ii. p. 226. n. 249, tab. xxix. fig. 6 (1865). AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCEHNIDA. 10 Amblypodia nobilis Hewitson, Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 7. n. 33 (1862); id. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 8 (1865). Amblypodia alce Ribbe, Iris, vol. ii. p. 256 (1889). Arhopala alcestes Grose-Smith, Rhop. Exot. vol. iii. p. 9, pl. xxv. fig. 1. Hab. Amboina; Ceram. Expanse, ¢ 47, 2 49 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings shining ultramarine-blue; primaries with a very narrow black costa and narrow posterior margin. Secondaries with broad blackish costa, narrow posterior margin, blackish-grey abdominal fold; anal angle with a large black spot; tail black, white-tipped, a short black tail also at the end of the second median nervule; lobe highly developed, black, edged above with brilliant cerulean. Under- side: both wings warm brown, with dark velvety spots palely edged. Primaries with three large and increasing spots, the second not edged on its costal side, and the third edged laterally only ; anterior to the second and over the third are two small spots on the costa; beneath the second spot in the paler submedian area is a darker shading forming a very indefinite spot: transverse band composed of six spots, a small costal one confluent with the much larger second spot; third and fourth larger still, shifted well outwardly, confiuent, with no outward pale edging, but diffused right into the submarginal row, the upper of these two spots forms an interior obtuse angle with the lower one; fifth spot shifted right inwards, the sixth also slightly inwards and terminating on the lower median nervule; submarginal row distinct. Secondaries with a small spot at the costal base; a large, irregular, basal spot, followed by two small roundish ones, the lower one being shifted beyond the internal nervure ; these are followed by three longish spots below each other; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small, very dark spot in the lower median angle. Two large confluent spots are just below the costa, which should form part of the transverse band, but are quite disconnected from it; the upper one touches the middle spot, and the lower one touches the spot closing the cell. Transverse band begins on the upper discoidal nervure with two confluent quadrate spots, followed by the third shifted well inwards, the fourth outwards, fifth angular spot slightly inwards and confluent with the sixth long spot; submarginal row almost obsolete. Lobe-spot large, velvety black, and more or less black in the marginal spaces between the three succeeding nervules, over which is a considerable suffusion of greenish-metallic scales, which are edged above by a black stripe up to the internal nervure ; over this again are more metallic-greenish scales mixed with grey ones. Most of the spots on the secondaries have pale centres. 2. Upperside: both wings bright azure-blue, with broad purplish-black costal ani posterior margins to the primaries, and broad margins all round in the secondaries. Underside as in male. This species is very close to alce Hew., but the blue of the upperside is much brighter and of a different tone, and the underside markings are much less and are not L2 76 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE at all confluent as in Hewitson’s insect. The shape of the wings is also different, the apex of the primaries being sharper, the posterior margin straighter, whilst the secondaries are more excavated towards the tails. Alce also has the black margins less narrow than in this species. Herr Ribbe recorded alce from Ceram (Iris, J. ¢.), but I have the specimens before me, and they are nobilis. Alcestes Grose-Smith must sink as a synonym of Felder’s species; the underside pattern is quite similar, the only difference being the whitish patch by the subcostal nervule of the secondaries, and as there is sometimes a lightening of the scales there it can only be a pale aberration. ARHOPALA ALCE (Hewitson). (Plate V. figs. 1 & 1a.) Amblypodia alce Hewitson, Cat. Lyc. B.M. p. 5. n. 21, pl. iii. 9 figs. 18, 19, g 20 (1862) ; id. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 4, fig. 9 (1865). Arhopala athara Grose-Smith, Rhop. Exot. vol. iii. pp. 9, 10, pl. xxv. fig. 2. Hab, Aru; Halmaheira. Expanse, ¢ 50-51, 2 60 mm. This is probably a local form of nobilis Feld., and both appear to be rare species. It may be separated by its larger size, brighter blue colour, and below by the extremely large size of all the spots, which are much confluent, and at the base of the secondaries are strongly so, and they thus form a very irregular, dark, basal blotch. I cannot find any distinction between A. athara Grose-Smith and alce Hew. ; the position of the spots mentioned by Mr. Grose-Smith is by no means constant in Hewitson’s species, of which I have before me a fair series, so that it would not be possible to separate them on this character only. ‘The clasps of the genitalia are peculiar, becoming attenuated at the extremities; the hooks have a downward curve. ARHOPALA ANUNDA Hewitson. (Plate III. figs. 19-21; Plate V. figs. 2 & 2a.) Amblypodia anunda Hewitson, Til. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14a. n. 73, pl. iia. fig. 32. Narathura anthelus Distant, Rhop. Malay. pl. xxiu. fig. 4, 2, and in parte p. 263. Amblypodia anthelus var. saturatior Staudinger, Iris, vol. 1. p. 122. Hab. Borneo; Philippines (Mindoro, Mindanao, Palawan) ; Sumatra and Java. Expanse, ¢ 45-52, 2 46-51 mm. g. Upperside: both wings brilliant shining violet-blue; the primaries with black linear costa and posterior margin; secondaries with broadish brown costa, linear black posterior margin, and very pale grey abdominal fold. ‘Tail black, white-tipped. Underside: both wings pale greyish brown, with dark spots broadly edged with whitish. Primaries with three large increasing spots, touching the second of which are two or three somewhat confluent spots up to the costal nervure; over the third is a largish spot on the costa, and anterior to it is another just touching the transverse band; beneath the second and third are two spots separated by the lower median os f bof AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. nervule, that in the grey pale submedian area being continued up to the base; transverse catenulated band composed of five spots from the third subcostal to the lower median nervule, the second of which is shifted inwards, the third well outwards, the fourth and fifth confluent well inwards, but with an outward inclination; sub- marginal row obscure ; around the uppermost spot of the transverse band, the interior costal spot touching it, is a considerable greyish-white suffusion. Secondaries with a spot on the costal base, followed by two more touching each other ; below the third are three smaller basal spots, the lowest shifted on to the internal margin, then come three larger spots below each other ; cell closed by a largish irregular spot, below which is a smaller triangular one; transverse band composed of eight spots, the upper two being round and separated from the others by a pale suffusion, the lower of these two is the smaller and shifted outwards; the fourth spot is shifted outwards, the fifth inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot touching the eighth long one and shifted inwards ; submarginal row obscure; a black spot at anal angle and between the second and lower median nervules, the space between and over which is filled with bronzy-greenish metallic scales, edged above by a dark suffusion. In the secondaries the spots near the costa are all very dark rich brown, the others quite pale; there is also more or less of a lilac suffusion in the basal half of both wings. 2. Upperside: both wings violet, with very broad brown costal and posterior margins to primaries and less broad borders to the secondaries. Underside as in male. These descriptions appear to be of the commonest form of this species. Hewitson described his male (from Borneo) as brilliant morpho-blue, but his labelled type is violet-blue. I have specimens similar to this from Palawan, Mindoro, and Mindanao, and in all these the ground-colour beneath is darker, but the markings are the same. I have one female which might well answer to this male, as it is brilliant azure with very broad blackish borders. I have also three females in very good condition which are entirely brown, with no trace of blue whatever above. I am inclined to think that the species is dimorphic, as I have both forms from various islands of the Philippines (both forms from the same island), and I have also the violet-blue form from South-east and North-west Borneo now lying before me. This shows that both the morpho-blue and the violet-blue forms co-exist ; it would therefore be most interesting to investigate the life-history of the species. ‘The underside in both forms is precisely the same, except that the more brilliant of the two is darker on the underside. It is fortunately a well-marked species, so that there is no difficulty in recognising it. ‘The figure given by Distant (Rhop. Malay. /.¢.) as A. anthelus is without doubt anunda, and his text evidently partially refers to this species, he having, I imagine, not differentiated the two species. Dr. Staudinger has also described (wide Iris, /.¢.) var. satwratior as a variety of anthelus ; it is, however, a very bright and pale blue form of this species. The genitalia are somewhat similar to alce Hew., though the clasps differ, and the hooks are straight, whilst the penis is long, bent, and large at the orifice. =1 wo MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA ANTHARITA Grose-Smith. Arhopala antharita Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. vol. i. p. 583 (1894) ; id. Rhop. Exot. part 44, Lye. no. 8, pl. xv. figs. 9 & 10, 2 (1898). Hab. New Guinea? Expanse, 2, 78 mm. I admit this species with doubt. It is described from a single specimen, and has, as Mr. Grose-Smith says, a very strong resemblance to anunda Hew., which species is decidedly variable, even in its females, some of which are entirely brown on the upper- side, as this species is. There being only one specimen extant, it is impossible to say more than this at present. ARHOPALA ANTHELUS (Doubleday and Hewitson). Amblypodia anthelus Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. vol. i. p. 478. n. 5, pl. xxiv. fig. 6, f (1852); Hewitson, Cat. Lyczenide B.M. p. 5. n. 22, pl. i. figs. 23 & 24, 2 (1862). Satadra anthelus Moore, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 88 (1884). Narathura anthelus Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 263. n. 3. Arhopala anthelus de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 259. n. 818 (1890). Hab. Moulmein; Upper Tenasserim and ? Mergui. Expanse, ¢ 65-66, 9 60-62 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings brilliant, lustrous, rather deep morpho-blue, deepening slightly on the outer edges; primaries with a rather narrow brown costa and wider black outer margin; secondaries with broad black costa, narrow outer margin, and a broadish patch of blackish at the anal angle. Lobe only moderately developed. Tail stout, long, black, tipped with white, the nervule on each side of which is slightly elongated so as to form a very short tooth. Underside: both wings very uniform, soft, rather pale ochreous brown, with spots, some very dark, and some with only an inner linear edging of dark brown, edged rather palely. Primaries with a heavy dark double spot at base of cell; a much larger treble confluent spot in the middle, the two upper spots having paler central irrorations ; cell closed by a very large distinct spot, above and below which is another one, the upper one having the greyish central scaling ; all these spots are almost black; subdiscal area very dark brown; transverse band composed of six spots, the upper four palish with a double edging, the inner dark, the outer slightly paler than ground, the fifth and sixth almost black; the second spot is shifted well outwards, third very slightly inwards, fourth (a darker spot than the previous ones) outwards but with an inward inclination, fifth spot large, shifted inwards, sixth very large, with an outward inclination ; a trace of a submarginal very dark row. Secondaries with a rather dark narrow costal stripe; a blackish spot at the basal extremity of the costa, with another blackish spot beside it; four basal spots, the AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCHNIDA. 79 upper one largish, touching the second costal spot, the second and third very small and dark, the fourth rather larger, paler, and shifted inwards, followed by three spots, the upper one near the costa blackish, the second one in centre of cell, small, dark, with paler central scaling and shifted well inwards, the third larger, paler, with a good deal of paler scaling and shifted slightly outwards; cell closed by a large pale spot with a double edging, the inner one dark and outer one rather paler than the ground, below which is a smaller similar spot in the lower median angle; transverse band composed of eight spots, the first large, roundish, and black, with a little central paler scaling, second round, very small, dark, with paler centre, shifted outwards and quite isolated, third quadrate, shifted outwards, fourth right out but not detached, fifth well inwards, sixth well outwards, seventh angular, touching the long eighth spot, shifted well inwards ; all these last six spots are pale, with the double edging of dark and light; a trace of the submarginal row; lobe-spot blackish, small, and another small blackish spot on the other side of the tail, slightly edged above with greenish-bronze metallic scales, which also occupy sparingly the intermediate space. 2. Upperside: both wings lustrous silvery blue; primaries with a broad purplish- brown costa and outer margin increasing rapidly towards the apex, and with a large black cell-spot beyond the end of the upper part of the cell; secondaries with a broad brown costa, narrow outer margin increasing very rapidly from the second median nervule to the anal angle, where it is very broad. Underside like that of the male. There is generally in both sexes a light clouding, slightly mauvish, towards the end of the costa in the primaries, and below the subcostal nervule in the secondaries. This species is a very close ally of anuwnda Hew., and though the blue of the latter sometimes approaches it in shade (the type, however, being quite purplish), it is never so brilliant and morpho-like, and the black costa and outer margins are much narrower, being almost linear usually. The patterns beneath are almost the same, but the two species look quite distinct by the lack in anthelus of the white edging which is so very conspicuous a feature in anunda; the edging in the former is little paler than the ground-colour, the spots are also smaller in the secondaries, and the transverse band more irregular. Anwnda is subject to considerable variation, both as to the tone of blue and as to the underside, which sometimes is very dark indeed, and the pattern is occasionally so enlarged as to become confluent over a large area of the wing, Anthelus, on the other hand, appears to be exceedingly constant in coloration; it is a very local species, but I imagine not excessively rare in its localities. ‘The shape of the wings is likewise different, being somewhat excavated as to the outer margin of both primaries and secondaries, whilst in anwnda they are very full and rounded, and the latter are decidedly more ample. 80 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA SUBFASCIATA (Moore). Nilasera subfasciata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 532, pl. xlix. fig. 2. Arhopala subfasciata Doherty, Journ, A. 8. B. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 418. n. 5 (1889); de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vel. 11. p. 260. n. 820 (1890). Hab. Tavoy ; Tenasserim Valley; Burma. Expanse, ¢ 44, 9 48-49 mm. This is a very beautiful species and should be distinguishable at a glance. It is, however, very close to ¢awensis mihi, but is a much less robust insect, has a much larger blue area, and is very decidedly paler beneath ; my species is more uniform in tone, and there is only a trace of the very distinct white subcostal stripe so marked in Moore’s species. ARHOPALA IJAUENSIS Bethune-Baker. (Plate I. fig. 28, ¢.) Arhopala ijanensis (vecte ijauensis) Bethune-Baker, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xxxiil. p. 203 (1897). Hab. Perak (Gunong Tjau). Expanse, ¢ & 2, 48-50 mm. This fine species, in the Hon. Walter Rothschild’s collection, is close to subfasciata Moore, but decidedly larger ; the differences will be better gathered by reference to the figure. ARHOPALA AUXESIA (Hewitson). (Plate III. fig. 23.) Amblypodia auxesia Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 5, pl. i. figs. 1 9, 2&3 g (1865). Hab. Sumatra; New Guinea. Expanse 48-51 mmm. This species is nearest auzea de Nicéville, but the upperside colour is quite different ; the distinctions are detailed in the description of that insect. ARHOPALA FRUHSTORFER! Rober. Amblypodia fruhstorferi Rober, Ent. Nach. vol. xxii. p. 6 (1897). Hab. Java (Gede Mountain). Expanse 43 mm. This species is described from a single female; unfortunately the description is decidedly inadequate, but, so far as I can judge, not having seen the specimen, I believe it to be most probably auresia Hew. ARHOPALA AUZEA de Nicéville. Arhopala auzea de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. x. p. 169. n. 19, pl. S. figs. 29 ¢, 30 2 (1896). Hab. Java (Preanger). AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENID., 81 Expanse, ¢ & 2, 64 mm. This species is nearest auresia Hew., but the colour of the male is quite different, being somewhat silvery, shading into purplish at the borders, whereas awxesia Hew. is slightly greenish and very metallic, with a white spot at the end of the cell, and very broad black costa and outer margin in the primaries. ‘This species is paler in the female, with a dark spot closing the cell in the midst of a whitish patch, whereas Hewitson’s species is purplish, darker in its male, and has no spot at the end of the cell. ‘The underside pattern is likewise different, as described. ARHOPALA ANARTE (Hewitson). Amblypodia anarte Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 5. n. 20, pl. il. figs. 16 & 17, g (1862) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1873, p. 353. n. 9; Doherty, Journ. A. S. B. vol. Iviii. pt. 2, p. 417 (1889). Arhopala anarte de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ili. p. 260. n. 819 (1890). Hab. Myitta; Burma; Malacca (interior); Borneo; Makassar. Expanse, ¢ 61-69, 2 65-68 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings brilliant pale morpho-blue, tinged with lilac; primaries with very narrow brown costa and outer margins; secondaries with broad brown costa and very narrow outer margins. ‘Tail fine, long, tipped with white. Underside: both wings pale brown with a slight chestnut tinge, with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots, the second and third very large indeed, the second being the largest by its confluence with two spots over it extending up to the costal nervure, and it is also joined to the third spot by an additional one along the upper margin of the cell; below the third spot is a large one in the lower median angle, generally connected with the third by a small intermediate spot ; underneath the first and second, in the subdiscal area, is a very large spot half divided on the upper part of the centre; transverse band very unusual in form, divided into two distinct portions, the upper part forming a broad arc of five increasing spots, beginning over the third cell-spot and extending to the submarginal row; the lower part is composed of two large ovate spots below each other, shifted so far inwards as nearly to touch the third cell-spot ; submarginal row very indefinite and indistinct. Secondaries with a slight lilac suffusion in the upper half; at the extreme basal extremity of the costa are one or two spots, with four large basal spots below each other, second and fourth shifted inwards, followed by three larger spots below each other ; cell closed by a very large irregular spot, below which is a small one in the lower median angle; transverse band composed of four pairs of spots, the second spot shifted outwards, the second pair is shifted right outwards, the lower of which is the further out, the third pair well inwards, fourth pair inwards again, composed of the usual angular spot connected by a line or by a narrow neck with the long eighth spot; submarginal row fairly distinct, marginal row less so; a black velvety spot at the VoL, Xvi. Part I. No. 11.— August, 1903. M 82 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE anal lobe, which is slightly developed, preceded by two black spots, the middle one being almost entirely covered with pale bluish-metallic scales, and the other two broadly edged above in like manner; the submedian nervule is elongated, so as to form a tooth making a second short inner tail. @. Upperside: both wings pale lustrous violet-blue, more violet in hue at the outer edges; primaries with rather broad brown costa and broader brown outer margin; secondaries with broad brown costa and less broad brown outer margin, decreasing towards the anal angle. Underside just like that of the male, but without the lilac suffusion in the secondaries. This is a very distinct species and may be at once recognised by its lustrous lilac-blue above, and by its distinct markings below, especially its transverse band. Mr. Hewitson confused this species with agnis Feld. (which latter he correctly figures on pl. i. figs. 6 & 7 of Ill. Diurn. Lep.) ; he, however, figures his own species fairly well in the first instance in the Cat. B. M. pl. iii. figs. 16 & 17, but the transverse band of the primaries is not quite accurate; the spots should be separate, and the two lowest spots forming the lower portion of the band are quite distinct and far separated from the upper five; this, I believe, arises from the figure not being large enough, so that the markings are cramped to get them all in. ‘There should, however, be no difficulty whatever in recognising at a glance this lovely insect. ARHOPALA ACHELOUS (Hewitson). Amblypodia achelous Hewitson, Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 7. n. 80, pl. v. figs. 7, 8 ¢ (1862) ; Druce, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1878, p. 354. n. 13. Narathura achelous Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 271. n. 18, woodeut n. 82, ¢ (1885). Arhopala achelous de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 248 (1890); Druce, P. Z. 8S. Lond. 1895; p- 590. Hab. Singapore ; Borneo. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 46 mm. This species is very marked and should be recognised without difficulty, the spots beneath are very dark and prominent and the pale purplish subcostal stripe is a marked character. ARHOPALA HAVILANDI Bethune-Baker. Arhopala havilandi Bethune-Baker & Druce, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1896, p. 665, pl. xxx. figs. 8 $,9 ?. Hab. Kina Balu; Borneo. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 47-48 mm. I originally compared this species with aida de Nicéville, but having more recently seen a larger series of achelous Hewitson, I have no doubt the present is its proper place: it may be easily separated by the deeper purplish blue of the upperside, and by the quite uniform tone of the underside; it entirely lacks the pale subcostal streak AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCZENIDZ. 83 of the secondaries as well as the large dark spots which are so prominent in Hewitson’s species. ARHOPALA AGABA (Hewitson). Amblypodia agaba Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 8. n. 39, pl. iv. figs. 39 & 40, 2 (1862). Satadra agaba Moore, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lili. pt. 2, p. 38 (1884); Elwes and de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B. vol. lv. pt. 2, p. 430. n. 104 (1886). Arhopala agaba de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 244. n. 797 (1890) ; Doherty, Journ. A.S. B. vol. lvii. pt. 2, p. 422. n. 20 (1889). Hab. India; Mergui Archipelago ; Upper Tenasserim ; Tavoy. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 44-47 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings bluish purple; primaries with the costa having a very fine linear black line and a narrow black outer margin; secondaries with a broad blackish costa and narrow black outer margin; abdominal fold grey; tail long, black, tipped with white. Underside: both wings brown tinged with purple, with a super- imposed strong lilac gloss, with darker spots margined with very pale lilac. Primaries with the lilac gloss confined to the costal half of the wing; three increasing spots in the cell, above the third spot a small one close to the costa, below it (the third spot) a larger one; subdiscal area dark; transverse band oblique, outwardly almost straight, but occasionally slightly bent at or below the fourth spot, the band being composed of seven spots, not quite evenly placed, but in the main in a fairly straight direction ; submarginal row distinct, submedian area pale yellowish grey. Secondaries with the lilac gloss more or less all over, but strongest near the base and at the apex; four basal spots, the third shifted slightly outwards and the fourth well inwards, followed by three larger spots below each other; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small one connecting it with the lowest of the three just mentioned, the spot closing the cell also touching the transverse band giving it a bifurcated appearance; transverse band composed of eight spots, the first two below each other and large, the third shifted well outwards, fourth further out, fifth slightly inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot well inwards, eighth long spot outwards but inclined upwards to the internal nervure; submarginal band distinct, largish, somewhat indefinite, a black spot on the small anal lobe, beyond which a few greenish-metallic scales are sprinkled. 2. Upperside: both wings bright ultramarine-blue, tinged with purple in certain lights; primaries with costa broadly, outer margin more broadly, and apical area still more broadly black; secondaries with very broad margins all round, but decreasing towards the anal angle. Underside like that of the male, but often with much less of the lilac glossing. This is probably a somewhat local species, though not rare in its own localities. From havilandi it may be at once separated by its decidedly smaller size and its much M2 84. MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE duller and purpler and non-lustrous blue, whilst below the pattern is quite different. It is rare in European collections, and as the male has never been figured, I have thought it well to do so now. ARHOPALA SELTA (Hewitson). Amb!ypodia selta Hewitson, Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14. n. 92, pl. iia. figs. 36 & 37 (1869). Satadra selta Moore, J. A. S. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 88 (1884). Arhopala selta de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 245. n. 798 (1890). Hab. Moulmein; Mergui; Tenasserim. Expanse, ¢, 38 mm. ‘This species is not unlike a small specimen of agaba Hewitson, but it lacks the strong purplish tint of the underside, which is replaced by a much more subdued pink, and the pale lilac washing is totally absent; in the secondaries also the transverse band is quite disconnected from the upper two spots and is shifted well out from them and the spot closing the cell. Agada is also a decidedly larger insect and is more purple and duller in tone, whilst the black margins are much narrower, especially in the secondaries. In de Nicéville’s collection are several specimens from Tenasserim, and one female in which the blue is bright lustrous cobalt. ARHOPALA BROOKE! n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 29, 3.) Hab. Pulo Laut; Borneo. Expanse, ¢, 40-44 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings very deep indigo-purple, nearly as dark as in dazalus Hew. ; primaries with a very fine black costa and the finest black linear outer margins ; secondaries with broad brown costa and fine blackish outer margins ; tail fine, white- tipped ; abdominal fold brownish grey. Underside: both wings dull brown with slightly darker markings, faintly and palely encircled. Primaries with all the markings very obscure, three small increasing cell-spots, below the third a smaller one in the lower median angle; transverse band composed of five spots, the first three outwardly oblique, the fourth shifted inwards, below which is the fifth, shifted outwards; sub- marginal row indistinct ; submedian area paler. Secondaries with an indistinct spot at the basal extremity of the costa, four basal spots below each other, the third shifted outwards, followed by three larger spots below each other; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small spot in the lower median angle; transverse band composed of eight spots, the second one much larger than the first and touching the spot closing the cell, third shifted right outwards and detached, fourth outwards again but with an inclination inwards, fifth inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot right inwards and detached, and practically confluent with the long eighth spot; submarginal row rather indistinct, darker over the pale sky-blue metallic scaling at anal angle. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCHNIDE. (o,9) 9) I have before me one specimen from Pulo Laut in which the brown surface below is quite lustrous and the markings of the primaries are much more distinct. : This species is nearest arow Hew., but can be recognised immediately by the exceptionally dark blue of the upper surface, in which it differs from all its near allies. ARHOPALA SCEVA, Nl. sp. Hab, Sumatra. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 40 mm. $. Upperside: both wings purple of a reddish tint, in a side light haying a brownish shade ; primaries with a narrow brown costa and outer margin; secondaries with a broad brown costa and narrow outer margin; the lower median nervule is elongated into a distinct tooth, but apparently there is no tail. Underside: both wings warm greyish brown with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots; below the second and third are two smaller ones divided by the lower median nervule; transverse band composed of six spots with a detached one below the sixth in the submedian area; first spot small and round, second, third, and fourth each shifted beyond its predecessor and increasing in size, of a broadish oval shape, fifth spot of same shape shifted inwards, sixth inclined slightly outwards, and below this the seventh detached spot already referred to; submarginal row very obscure, Secondaries with four basal spots, second and fourth shifted slightly inwards, followed by three large spots below each other, of which the second and third touch ; cell closed by a largish spot, below which is a very small one in the lower median angle; transverse band composed of eight spots, the second shifted well outwards, third and fourth confluent, shifted well outwards again, fifth narrow, wedge- shaped, shifted inwards, sixth outwards, seventh and eighth confluent and shifted right inwards ; submarginal row less obscure than in the primaries; anal spot deep black, preceded by two others, more or less covered with metallic bluish or greenish scales. 2. Upperside: both wings violet; primaries with broad brown costa, broader outer margin, and yet broader apical area; secondaries with very broad margins all round. Underside as in male. This species has a very distinct underside ; the spots are prominent and the transverse bands have an unusual look difficult to describe, especially in the primaries, in which the spots are of a broad flattened oval shape. ARHOPALA AROA (Hewitson). (Plate V. figs. 3 & 3a.) Amblypodia aroa Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 13. n. 60, pl. ii. fig. 12, ¢ (1862) ; Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser, 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 548 (1877). Narathura aroa Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 266, pl. xxiii. fig. 17, g (1885). Arhopala aroa de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. ui. p. 244 (1890). 86 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE Amblypodia pryerit Butler, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1892, p. 121. Arhopala aroa and pryeri Druce, P. Z. 8S. Lond. 1895, p. 590. Arhopala aroa de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 465, n. 894 (1895). Hab. Sumatra; Malacca; Java; Burma; Penang; Singapore; Borneo; Batchian ; and New Guinea. Expanse, ¢ & 92, 42-47 mm. This species is easily separated from se/ta by the plain brown underside, also by its larger size and narrow black margins above. It is an insect of very wide range and varies somewhat in tone of colour both above and below, the blue sometimes being quite blue and sometimes purplish; the underside markings are very constant. It comes within de Nicéville’s Indian region; I have specimens from Burma and from Tenasserim. In Sumatra it is common, and I have it also from Java, Malacca, Singapore, Batchian, Borneo, and New Guinea. The genitalia are of the ordinary pattern, the hooks being slender, but the clasps robust, whilst the penis has a some- what peculiarly shaped orifice, as will be seen from the figure (Pl. V. fig. 3a). ARHOPALA ELOPURA Druce. (Plate V. figs. 4 & 4a.) Arhopala elopura Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 9 (1894) ; id. P. Z.S. Lond. 1895, p. 590, et 1896, p. 670, pl. xxix. fig. 6. Hab. Borneo. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 39-42 mm. This is evidently one of the commonest species of the genus in Borneo. I have specimens before me taken in every month from March to September inclusive. It is nearest to aroa Hewitson, but may be recognised by its more purple colour above, and easily by its pale underside, by the markings being no darker than the ground- colour, and by the transverse band of the primaries being always dislocated at the fourth spot. The genitalia are peculiar, the hooks being broadly spatulate, with an ample hooded tegumen and heavy clasps ; the orifice of the penis has a peculiar projecting upper lip, as shown in the figure. ARHOPALA RAFFLESI de Nicéville. Narathura amphinuta Distant (nec Felder), Rhop. Malay. p. 267. n. 2, pl. xxi. figs. 9 2,10 ¢ (1885). Arhopala rafflesii de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 248. n. 803, pl. frontispiece fig. 136. Arhopala pseudomuta de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 465 (1895). Hab. Burma; Penang, Province Wellesley; Singapore; Sumatra; Mergui. Expanse, ¢ 43, 9 40-41 mm. This species is nearest pseudomuta Staudinger, but can be recognised at once by its much brighter, lighter, and bluer colour, and by the very decidedly broader borders of the upperside, and beneath by the difference in the transverse bands of both wings ; in the primaries the fourth spot is always shifted well out and dislocated (not so in AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDE. 87 pseudomuta), whilst in the secondaries the whole band is different. In Staudinger’s species spots 1 and 2 are quite isolated, and 3, 4, and 5 form an even arc, whilst in raffles 1 and 2 are confluent and almost quadrate, and 3 to 6 are nearly straight; the latter is also a smaller insect. De Nicéville and Martin (/. ¢.) sink this species under pseudomuta Staudinger, but they are quite distinct. ARHOPALA PSEUDOMUTA (Staudinger). (Plate I. fig. 30, 3.) Amblypodia pseudomuta Staudinger, Iris, vol. i. p. 125 (1889). Arhopala pseudomuta Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z. S. Lond. 1896, p. 662. Hab. Malacca; Borneo. Expanse, ¢ 46, 9 47 mm. This species may be recognised from raflesit de Nicéville by its larger size and blaer colour ; more detailed differences are given in the description of that insect. ARHOPALA ATOSIA (Hewitson). (Plate V. figs. 5 & 5a.) Amblypodia atosia Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 9. n. 37, pl. 11. figs. 8&9, 2 (1863) ; Druce, P. Z. S. Lond. 1873, p. 353. n. 4; Butler, Trans. Linn. Soe. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 548. n. 5 (1877). Narathura atosia Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 265. n. 7, pl. xxiii. figs. 5 9,6 d (1885). Arhopala atosia de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 241, frontispiece fig. 188, ¢ (1890); Druce, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1895, p. 589. Arhopala atosia de Nicéville, J. A. 8. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 465 (1895). Amblypodia aricia Staudinger, Iris, vol. 1. p. 124, Taf. i. fig. 15 (1889). Hab. Sumatra; Borneo; Malacca; Mergui; Tenasserim Valley; Burma; Penang ; Sapanaya; Palawan. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 39-45 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings violaceous blue, with a linear black costa and posterior margin to primaries, and a large patch of differently arranged scales in the centre of the wing, showing darkly through in certain lights, but not altering the colour of the wing; a broad costa to secondaries and a linear black posterior margin ; abdominal fold greyish; tail black, tipped with white. Underside: both wings greyish brown with scarcely darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing discoidal spots; beneath the second and third are two spots in the submedian area and in the lower median angle respectively; above the third spot is often a small one near the costa; transverse band consisting of four confluent spots outwardly inclined, the fourth shifted further out than the others, followed by two confluent spots shifted right inwards; submarginal row just traceable. Secondaries with four basal spots inclined inwardly, but the third spot is projected outwards, followed by three rather larger spots below each other; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small one in the lower median angle; transverse chain-band composed of two upper spots touching each other, detached from rest of band, the third and fourth spots are each shifted outwards, fifth inwards, its inner margin being far inwards, sixth very 58 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE slightly outwards, the seventh angular spot well inwards and confluent with the long eighth spot; submarginal row just traceable; a black spot at anal angle and between the submedian and lower median nervules, over which are scattered thickly bright metallic-blue scales which extend beyond the lower median nervule; over these metallic scales there is a dark edging, extending up to the internal nervure. @. Upperside: both wings pale violet; primaries with broadish blackish costa to near end of cell, where it increases suddenly into the exceedingly broad apical area ; outer margin very broad; secondaries with broad dark costa and decidedly less broad outer margin. I have before me three distinct forms of the female, viz.:—the type; another form from Penang, in which the colour is bright deep lustrous blue, not violet at all, with quite typical males; and a third form from Tenasserim, in which the colour is pale lustrous silvery blue, but here many of the males are paler, bluer, somewhat silvery, and more lustrous, approaching near to the colour of pastorella Doherty. ‘The under- side pattern of each is just the same, like the typical males. The species can only be separated from epimuta by the presence of tails. ‘The violet colour of the upper surface distinguishes the males from any close allies, and also the pattern beneath, _ especially the dislocated transverse band. Staudinger’s species aricia is identical with the pale silvery-blue form from Burma, showing the darker patch of scales, but less distinctly. The genitalia also help to separate this species from epimuta, the clasps being less broad at the base and rounder at the extremities; the hooks in both are broadish and inclined to be spatulate, not tapering narrower as is often the case (see Pl. V. fig. 5). ARHOPALA EPIMUTA Moore (nec Hewitson). (Plate II. fig. 9, ¢; Plate V. figs. 6 & 6a.) Amblypodia epimuta Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C. p. 42 (1857). Arhopala epimuta Druce, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1895, p. 593. Arhkopala antimuta de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 277 (1890). Arhopala antimuta de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 469 (1895). Arhopala epimuta Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 593. flab. Borneo Straits ; Perak ; Penang; Mergui; Tenasserim. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 44-46 mm. The species is an exceedingly close ally of atosia Hew.: in fact, almost the only character by which they can be separated is that Hewitson’s species has tails and this has none. This is the insect that de Nicéville identified as antimuta Feld., the type of which I have carefully examined, and I find that davisonii de N. is the antimuta of Felder. It will be observed that it has an exactly similar distribution as atosia Hew. I have specimens before me from each of the same localities. The genitalia of this species are referred to in the description of A. atosia Hew.; in both the penis is AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 89 peculiar, being strongly curved near the centre, whilst the orifice is somewhat trumpet- shaped, but with a strongly projecting upper lip, which is best shown in the figure of the previous species (Pl. V. fig. 5 a). ARHOPALA MOOLAIANA (Moore). (Plate II. fig. 6, 3.) Narathura moolaiana Moore, P. Z. S. Lond. 1878, p. 835. Amblypodia epimuta Hewitson (nec Moore), Cat. Lyczenide B.M. p. 11. un. 51, pl. vi. figs. 59 & 60, 2 (1862). Arhopala pastorella Doherty, J. A. S. B. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 418, pl. xxiii. fig. 12 (1889) ; de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. i. p. 274 (1890). Arhopala moolaiana de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 274 (1890). Arhopala agelastus de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 278 (1890). Narathura agelastus Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol. xxi. p. 44 (1886) ? Hab. Burma; India; Tenasserim; Mergui; Penang; Perak; Bheeling. Expanse, ¢ 47-52, 9 47-50 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings morpho-blue, shading towards the outer margins into darker slightly purplish blue ; primaries with a narrow blackish costa and outer margin ; secondaries with a not very broad brown costa and narrow outer margin. Underside: both wings ochreous brown with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots, first and second rather small, third subquadrate, below the two last are two other spots separated by the lower median nervule; transverse band composed of six spots, the first four almost confluent and with an outward oblique inclination, forming a very slight arc, the first spot on the costa quite small, fifth spot shifted inwards, below which is the sixth; submarginal row distinct ; marginal row barely discernible ; submedian area pale; subdiscal area with a purplish-brown tinge. Secondaries with four small basal spots below each other; second and fourth shifted slightly inwards, followed by three large spots below each other, the middle one shifted slightly inwards ; cell closed by a slightly reniform spot, below which is a small one in the lower median angle; transverse band composed of eight rather distinct spots, the second shifted right out, just touching the outer edge of the first, third shifted right outwards again, touching the fourth below it, fifth shifted well inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot right inwards, not disconnected, touching the irregular-shaped eighth spot ; submarginal row distinct, marginal row less distinct, a blackish spot at the anal angle preceded by two others which are almost hidden by the superimposed pale greenish-metallic scales, the spot at the angle having a broadish upper edging of these scales. 2. Upperside: both wings pale morpho-blue, darker at the edges ; primaries with broad black costa, increasing towards the apex, and very broad outer margin; the black apical area is extensive ; secondaries with a very broad blackish costa and narrow outer margins, Underside as in male. VOL. XVvil.—Part 1. No. 12.—August, 1903. N 90 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE In a male specimen from Perak the blue has a violet tinge, but is almost as lustrous as in the usual form. De Nicéville (. ¢.) has referred to this species under the name agelastus Hew. In his fine collection of this group, which he has so kindly lent me, is a large series of this species, the females preponderating by two to one male, taken mainly in Burma and Tenasserim, but there are specimens also from Mergui, Penang, and Bheeling. I have no doubt, from the single example of Doherty’s species pastorella before me, and from his figure of it, that this is identical with moolaiana. ARHOPALA AMPHIMUTA (Felder). (Plate II. fig. 7, 3.) Amblypodia amphimuta Felder, Wien. ent. Monatsch. iv. p. 396 (1860). Arhopala amphimuta Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 232, tab. xxix. fig. 8 (1865). Arrhopala amphimuta de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 469 (1895) ? Arhopala amphimuta Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 592. Hab. Malacca. Expanse, ¢, 50 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings soft violet, with a brownish shade in side-lights; primaries with costa and outer margin very narrowly brown; secondaries with broad brown costa and very narrow outer margins. Underside clear ochreous brown with slightly darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots, below the third a small one in the lower median angle ; transverse catenulated band composed of six spots fractured below the fourth, the upper four havea slight outward inclination, almost a curve, the first spot on the costa being very small, the fifth is shifted well inwards, and the sixth slightly inwards also ; there is the least trace of a submarginal row; the submedian area is slightly paler than the ground-colour. Secondaries with four basal spots below each other, the second and fourth shifted slightly inwards, followed by three larger spots with a slight inward inclination ; cell closed by a subovate spot, below which is a small one in the lower median angle; transverse catenulated band composed of eight spots in pairs, the first two quite separated and distinct, the Jower of which is shifted well outwards, the third and fourth confluent, shifted well outwards, fifth and sixth confluent, shifted inwards, seventh angular spot confluent with the eighth and shifted again inwards; submarginal row distinct, marginal row less distinct ; at the anal angle is a very large blackish spot extending into the next nervule space and well covered with a bright pale blue metallic spot, of which there is a slight trace in the second median nervule space. | This species can at once be separated from moolaiana Moore by the violet colour of the upperside, which in Moore’s insect is almost morpho-blue; the underside is also somewhat different as described. From inornata Feld., a still closer ally, it is more difficult to separate; it has, however, a much duller upper surface and is not so blue, whilst beneath the pattern is much more distinct and both transverse bands are more AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANID. 91 dislocated. Both Mr. Butler and Mr. de Nicéville are right in considering this species distinct from hypomuta Hew. It is quite distinct. I have examined the type of each most carefully and have no hesitation in saying that they are so distinct that probably both Mr. Hewitson, and certainly Mr. Distant, wrongly identified Felder’s species. I ~ am led to this conclusion from Mr. Distant’s figures, which do not resemble the species in either shape, colour, or pattern. It is quite different in shape from hypomuta, its costa being very strongly arched and the wing very much broader in the primaries; in the secondaries the outline is more angular, hypomuta having the outer margin a very even curve, it (amphimuta) is also half as large again and the underside pattern will be seen, on reference to my figures, to be also different. Amphimuta appears to be an exceedingly rare species, and as yet I have not seen a female of it. ARHOPALA INORNATA (Felder). (Plate II. fig. 8, 2.) Amblypodia inornata Felder, Wien. ent. Monatsch. vol. iv. p. 396 (1860); Hewitson, Cat. Lyczenide B.M. p. 12 (1862). Arhopala inornata Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 234, pl. xxix. fig. 12, g (1865). Narathura inornata Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 271, woodcut u. 81, g (1885). Hab. Malacca, interior ; Philippine Islands. Expanse, ¢ 49, 2 49-50 mm. é. Upperside: both wings rather bright violet-purple, with the linear brown costa and outer margin in the primaries ; secondaries with a broadish brown costa and linear outer margin. Underside: both wings greyish brown, with slightly darker markings palely encircled. Primaries with all the pattern very obscure, with three increasing cell-spots, below the second and third are two almost obsolete spots divided by the lower median nervule ; transverse band composed of five spots, beginning below the upper discoidal nervule, the first three confluent, with an outward inclination, the third spot being angled on its interior edge and so made almost confluent with the fourth and fifth, which are directly below each other and shifted slightly inwards; submedian area slightly paler than the ground-colour. Secondaries with pattern plainer than in primaries, with four small cramped spots very near the base of wings, followed by three decidedly larger ones below each other ; cell closed by a reniform spot, below which is a small one in the lower median angle ; transverse band composed of eight spots, the second being very much larger and directly below the first, the third and fourth confluent, shifted right out on to the outer edge of the second, fifth and sixth confluent with the fourth, but with their inner edges only shifted slightly inwards, seventh angular spot shifted right inwards, disconnected, but confluent with the eighth long spot ; submarginal row represented by a band of dark shading. 2. Upperside: both wings pale violet, with a broad brown costa and outer margins increasing towards the apex, which is largely brown in the primaries. In the Nn 2 92 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE secondaries the costa is broadly brown and the outer margin narrowly brown, increasing slightly close to the anal angle. The underside is exactly like that of the male, but rather paler and with the pattern rather plainer. This description is taken from Felder’s types from the Malacca interior, which the Hon. Walter Rothschild has kindly placed at my disposal. The species is very distinct and easily recognisable. I have, however, a specimen from Perak in which the blue is very much more extensive and is of a lustrous azure- blue with a violet tinge; the underside is of exactly the same tone and pattern. This species is very near amphimuta Feld.; it is, however, decidedly brighter and purpler, and its dark margins are but linear, whilst on the underside the pattern is very obscure, the transverse band of the primaries is not fractured, and the same band in the secondaries is different, the four middle spots being practically confluent ; it has also no dark spots or metallic scaling at all at the anal angle. The species is evidently very rare; I have only seen three specimens, viz. the types from Malacca interior and a female from Perak. ARHOPALA ASIA de Nicéville. Arhopala asia de Nicéville, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. vii. p. 333. n. 9, pl. H. fig. 16, 3 (1892) ; id. Journ. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 470. n. 426 (1895). Hab. Quang, Malay Peninsula; Sumatra, Borneo, and Malacca. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 48-50 mm. I possess specimens of this species from Labuan, where Waterstradt obtained it in the year 1893 (I believe). The late Dr. Staudinger’s collection also has specimens from Borneo. All these are somewhat bluer and darker than the type, though evidently the same species. I notice also that de Nicéville’s Sumatra specimens are darker than his type from the Malay Peninsula. It is not difficult to separate them from tnornata Feld., as its wings are broader and the secondaries decidedly more ample and the brown margins rather wider. Beneath it is more easily separated, as the pattern is much plainer and is very distinctly spotted, whereas in inornata the spots are much more confluent ; this latter feature, of course, mainly refers to the transverse band. It is, I imagine, not very rare where it occurs; I have a fair series before me from Borneo. The genitalia are very similar to those of A. cator?, but are decidedly larger. ARHOPALA KURZI (Distant). Narathura kurzi Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 682. no. 12, pl. xxi. fig. 1, ¢ (1885). Arhopala kurzi de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 278 (1890). Hab. Malacca; Penang. Expanse, ¢, 44 mm. This is a smaller and slighter insect than asia of de Nicéville, and the colour above AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCZENIDZ. 93 is decidedly different. On the underside the transverse band of the primaries will at once separate it, and the same band in the secondaries is also very different. I have only seen one specimen, kindly sent by de Nicéville. ARHOPALA AGESILAUS (Staudinger). (Plate II. fig. 10, ¢; Plate V. figs. 7& 7a.) Amblypodia agesilaus Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii. p. 127, Taf. i. fig. 16 (non 17) (1889). Arrhopala agesilaus de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 465 (1895). Hab. Palawan; Sumatra; Mindanao; Borneo; Perak; Malacca. Expanse, ¢ 44-45, 9 39-43 mm. This species may be separated from asia de N. by its much smaller size, the very broad borders to its wings, and by its bluer and paler upper surface. From kurzi Distant it may be separated by the difference in colour and by the very broad borders of the upperside, and beneath by the very different transverse band. It appears to be widely spread throughout the Malay Islands. I have many specimens before me from Palawan, and it also occurs in other islands of the Philippine group. I have examples also from Nias, Borneo (where it is not uncommon), Perak, and Sumatra, where the colour of the upperside is decidedly brighter blue. Staudinger suggested that the name v-major might be given to a larger insect which is paler beneath and also above; but this specimen from Sumatra does not belong to this species at all; and though the Bornean specimens are decidedly larger than those from most other localities, there is no other difference, and as it was not described the name may be allowed to drop. The genitalia are unusually small, the hooks have an upward inclination, and the penis is straight, with a trumpet-shaped orifice, as is shown in figure 7 a, Plate V. ARHOPALA CATORI, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 11, g; Plate V. figs. 8 & 8a.) Hab. Borneo; Bilit; Palawan. Expanse, ¢ 44-46, 9 42-44 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dark purplish sublustrous blue, in a side light the tone being very deep ; primaries with costa dark brown of medium width, outer margin very broad, wider towards the apex ; secondaries with very wide margins all round. Under- side : both wings warm ochreous brown (occasionally sub-olivaceous), with rather darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three rather small increasing cell-spots, below the third an indistinct one ; trausverse band composed of five spots (very occasionally six by the addition of a small and very indistinct one just below the costa), the first (on the third subcostal nervule), second, and third almost confluent, with an oblique out- ward inclination, fourth and fifth shifted well inwards but having an oblique outward inclination ; submarginal row obscure; submedian area very slightly paler than the ground. Secondaries with four very small basal spots, the third shifted outwards, a rather larger spot in the centre of the cell, below which is a larger one; cell closed by 94 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE a subovate spot, below which is a very small indistinct one in the lower median angle; transverse band composed of eight spots, the first and second isolated, second shifted outwards, third and fourth shifted right outwards, fifth narrow inwards, sixth outwards, seventh right inwards and confluent with a long eighth spot ; submarginal row fairly distinct, edged inwardly with a light border; a black spot at the anal angle preceded by a blackish patch almost entirely covered with bright azure-blue metallic scaling which edges the anal spot broadly above. 2. Upperside: both wings paler violet-blue; primaries with broad brown costa and very broad outer margin, each increasing towards the apex; secondaries with very broad brown margins all round. Underside just like that of the male, but rather paler. This species is near agesilaus Stdr., but has rather broader borders above, whilst beneath it is at once recognizable from any of its near allies by the complete absence of any spot just below the costa between the upper basal and the first spot of the transverse band of the secondaries. This is quite a remarkable character. The spots are all smaller and more obscure. I have sixteen specimens before me from Borneo and Bilit (a small island off the mainland), and one from Palawan. I dedicate the species to Mr. Cator, who has brought home a good many examples of the genus and has kindly placed them at my disposal. I received it, however, in single specimens from other entomologists, but Mr. Cator brought the majority. The genitalia have an ample hooded tegumen with moderately strong hooks that are inclined downwards, the clasps are conical at their extremities; the penis of moderate length, but not quite straight, as shown in figures 8 & 8 a of Plate V. ARHOPALA SIMILIS Druce. Arhopala similis Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 592. Arhopala anila de Nicéville, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 469 (1895). Arrhopala anila de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. x. p. 6 (1896). Hab. Sandakan; Sumatra; Salangor. Expanse, ¢ 42-43, 2 44-40 mm. 3¢. Upperside: both wings bright blue with a violet tinge; primaries with a broad blackish costa and posterior margin, each of which increases rapidly towards the apex, so that the apical area is as wide asin the female of most species of the group ; secondaries with broad margins all round, the costa being broadest. Underside as in agesias Hewitson, except that there is no transverse band at all in the primaries. 9. Just like the male, except that the blue of the upperside is less violet in tinge. There’ is no difference in the extent of blue in males and females. ‘The species is very close to agesias, but may be recognised by the absence of the transverse band in the primaries. Dr. Martin obtained it in fair numbers in Sumatra. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCZHNIDA. 95 ARHOPALA AGESIAS (Hewitson). (Plate III. fig. 27; Plate V. figs. 9 & 9 a.) Amblypodia agesias Hewitson, Cat. Lyc. B.M. p. 2. n. 49, pl. vi. figs. 55 & 56 (1862). Amblypodia ovomaculata id. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 22. no. 108, pl. suppl. viii. figs. 66 & 67 (1878). ' Arhopala agesias de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 273 ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 592. Arrhopala agesias de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 469 (1895). Hab. Borneo; Malacca; Sumatra; Pulo Laut. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 39-45 mm. This species is subject to considerable variation as to the size and colour of the spots beneath ; in Hewitson’s type these are small and dull, whilst in others they are very large and very dark, and the metallic scaling is often much extended towards the costa and differs in colour. I have a specimen from Kina Balu before me in which the colour is brilliant golden bronze, others are bright blue or green; the blue is also subject to variation, some being quite violet, others much bluer, whilst in the Kina Balu specimen the blue is brilliant azure. Hewitson describes a female in which the trans- verse band is absent ; this has been named similis by Druce and anila by de Nicéville. The male of this species appears to have been mistaken for the female, as both sexes are precisely the same. I have mounted the clasping-organs of one male, and have before me other specimens which I believe to be of the same sex. As I have specimens from Sumatra, Borneo, and Pulo Laut (a small island off New Guinea), it is not improbable that it may be more widely distributed over these islands than is yet recorded. : The genitalia are peculiar ; the tegumen small with extremely broad clasps, the clasps are long, with a waved outline, and the penis is bent a quarter from the orifice (see figs. 9 & 9a, Plate V.). A. ovomaculata I cannot regard as anything but a very handsome, darkly and very largely marked form of this species; the pattern is exactly the same, there being no difference whatever above or below, except that all the spots are very greatly exaggerated in the secondaries, as also is the metallic anal scaling. I have figured this form on Jellenee JUD shee, A ARHOPALA HESBA (Hewitson). (Plate III. fig. 28, 3.) Amblypodia hesba Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 142, pl. iii b. fig. 47 (1865) Hab. Philippine Islands. - Expanse, ¢ & 2, 39-40 mm. A very distinct and easily recognisable species; the brilliant morpho-blue of the upperside and the decided set pattern and warm chestnut-brown of the underside give it quite a marked individuality of its own. It has hitherto been recorded from the Philippine Islands only. 96 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA DAVAONA Semper. (Plate II. fig. 12, 3.) Arhopala davaona Semper, Schmett. Philip. Ins. Band v. p. 204. Hab. Mindanao. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 37 mm. 3. Upperside : both wings exceedingly deep purplish indigo-blue, with a dead lustre in certain lights ; in a side light the blue is scarcely visible at all: primaries with the brown costa not very broad, but the nervules appearing in the blue as brown lines; outer margins very broad brown, the blue being rather sharply defined on its outer edge: secondaries with the brown costa extending nearly to the cell, and the outer margins exceedingly broad, especially at the apex and the anal angle. Underside: both wings slightly rufous brown, with scarcely darker markings palely margined. Primaries with an indistinct spot in the middle of the cell and one at the end, below which is a very indistinct one in the lower median angle; transverse band almost straight, but with an outward inclination, composed of six small confluent spots of about equal width; occasionally there is a very slight bend at the fourth spot; sub- marginal row fairly distinct; marginal row almost obsolete. Secondaries with four small basal spots below each other, the third shifted outwards, followed by four rather large spots below each other, the fourth being really the eighth spot of the transverse band ; cell closed by a quadrate spot, below which isa small one in the lower median angle ; transverse band consisting of seven spots, the second the largest directly below the first, but with its outer edge shifted outwards and touching both the spot closing the cell and the third spot of the band, which last is shifted right out on to its outer margin, fourth spot shifted outwards again, fifth spot slightly inwards, sixth slightly outwards, seventh spot very slightly angled, shifted inwards ; submarginal row distinct, marginal row less so. @. Upperside: both wings mauvish brown; primaries with a small violet patch occupying the cell, the subdiscal area, and a very little of the submedian area; secondaries with the cell only occupied by some subdued indistinct violet scaling. Underside as in the male. This species may be at once distinguished from cator? mihi by its much smaller size, the very exceptionally deep purplish blue, with yet broader borders, and by its straight transverse band on the underside of the primaries. From avatha de Nicéville the exceptionally deep and dark colour of the upperside will at once separate it, as well as the more distinct markings of the under surface. . ARHOPALA AVATHA de Nicéville. Arrhopala avatha de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. x. p. 174. n. 23, pl. T. fig. 34, ¢ (1896) ; de Nicéville and Martin, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 469. n. 425 (1895). Hab. Sumatra. Expanse, ¢ , 32-36 mm. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANID. 97 This species is very close to moore? mihi, but may be easily separated by the darker and more purplish colour and rather broader borders of the upperside, whilst beneath the transverse band differs, and in the secondaries the submarginal row is a very pronounced feature which is quite wanting in moore? ; it is also more “spotted” than my species. From davaona Semp. it can be distinguished by the purple being less dark, its borders less wide, its size smaller, whilst beneath the transverse band of the primaries is recurved, this in davaona being nearly straight. ARHOPALA MOORE Bethune-Baker. (Plate V. figs. 10 & 10 a.) Arhopala moorei Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 669, pl. xxxi. fig. 1, @. Hab. Borneo; Malacca; Sumatra. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 38-41 mm. Further material shows me that this species will not come next to metamuta, as I had originally placed it. In de Nicéville’s collection there is a very large series from Sumatra, where it is evidently a common insect; it can easily be separated from avatha de Nicéville as already mentioned. The genitalia are peculiar, the hooks are strongly curved downwards at the base, the clasps are broadish, particularly at the base, strongly excised in the centre of the upper margin; the penis is straight for the basal two-thirds, after which it is bent to a sharp upward curve. ARHOPALA WATERSTRADTI Bethune-Baker. Arhopala waterstradti Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 668, pl. xxx. figs. 10 3, 11 2. Hab. Borneo. Expanse, ¢ 42, 2 40 mm. This species may be separated from moore’ Bethune-Baker by its decidedly larger size, very much brighter and bluer colour, and narrower margins on the upperside of the male. In the female the colour is brighter and more silvery than in the male, whilst in moore? it is darker and more violet. I have only seen the pair sent me by Dr. Staudinger, in whose museum the types remain. ARHOPALA GUNONGENSIS Bethune-Baker. (Plate II. fig. 13, 3.) Arhopala gunongensis Bethune-Baker, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xxxiii. p. 205 (1897). Hab. Perak (Gunong Ijau). Expanse, ¢ 36, 2 30 mm. This species is an obscure little insect, and is known to me only by the two types in Mr. Rothschild’s collection. VOL. Xvil.— Part 1. No. 13.—Augqust, 1903. 0 98 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA DEVA Bethune-Baker. (Plate V. figs. 11, 11 a.) Arhopala deva Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 669, pl. xxxi. fig. 3. Hab. N. Borneo. Expanse, ¢ & 2,40 mm. Mr. Cator brought home a considerable series from Borneo, in which the females predominated largely. I am inclined to think that it replaces antimuta Feld. in North Borneo. The genitalia are very unusual; the tegumen is very ample, hooded, and excavated in the centre, the hooks are stout with a slight downward curve, the tips very slightly spatulate; the clasps are large, excavated in the centre of the upper margin and also the outer margin, so as to make the upper extremity pointed; the inner portion of the clasps near the outer margin is studded with short spikes; the penis is long, irregular, with a globular orifice, the lower lip of which protrudes. ARHOPALA ANTIMUTA Felder. Arhopala antimuta Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 233. n. 26 (1865). Amblypodia antimuta (?) Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 548. n. 8 (1877). Nee Narathura antimuta Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 266, pl. xxii. fig. 11, 9 (1885). Arhopala antimuta de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. i. p. 277 (1890). Arhopala davisonii de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 280, frontispiece fig. 185, 3 (1890). Arhopala antimuta Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 593. Arrhopala davisonii de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 469 (1895). Nec Arhopala antimuta, id. loe. cit. Hab. Malacca ; Singapore Straits; Perak; Burma; Tenasserim; Borneo; Mergui. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 38-40 mm. I have carefully compared the Felderian type with all de Nicéville’s specimens of davisonii de Nicéville, and find that they are identical. From deva mihi it may be separated by its darker and bluer colour (deva is bright purplish), and the shape of the wings is different, being narrower, the apex sharper and outer margins less rounded than in my species; beneath the transverse bands are different, and my species is very spotted, the transverse bands being composed of distinct spots. From hypomuta Hew. it differs in like manner as to colour; hypomuta is bright purplish blue, with exces- sively fine linear margins; beneath Hewitson’s species is also very much more spotted in pattern, and particularly so in the transverse bands. Antimuta is apparently one of the commonest species in Sumatra, and Mr. Doherty considers it one of the most ubiquitous insects in the Malayan regions, and he says it is abundant in Borneo ; I am, however, inclined to doubt this latter statement. I have not seen a dozen specimens from that locality, and Mr. Cator, who evidently collected somewhat assiduously there, did not bring home from British North Borneo a single example ; he, however, took a number of deva mihi, and I expect this is the species to AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 99 which Mr. Doherty refers. The figure given by Mr. Distant, in his work ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana’ (/. ¢.), has nothing whatever to do with this species, and is quite distinct from it. The genitalia have scimitar-shaped hooks on the tegumen, the clasps are very narrow, with the extremity bluntly pointed; the penis is very small. ARHOPALA BRAHMA Bethune-Baker. (Plate IL. fig. 14, 3.) Arhopala brahma Bethune-Baker, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xxxiii. p. 203 (1897). Hab. Perak. Expanse, ¢ 42, 2 45 mm. This species can be recognised from hypomuta Hew. by its larger size and purpler colour, also by the obsoletion of the under-surface pattern, and by the lack of metallic scales at the anal angle below. ARHOPALA HYPomuTA (Hewitson). (Plate II. fig. 15, ¢.) Amblypodia hypomuta Hewitson, Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 11, pl. vi. figs. 63 & 64, g (1862) ; id. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 12, pl. ii. fig. 13 (1863) ; Druce, P. Z. S. Lond. 1873, p. 354; Butler, Trans. Linn. Soe. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 549 (1877). Arhopala hypomuta de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. i. p. 276 (1890). Hab. India; Borneo; Penang; Malacca. Expanse, ¢ & 2, about 42 mm. g. Upperside: both wings bright blue, with very fine linear black margins, the costa of the secondaries being broadish black, the abdominal fold greyish. Underside: both wings warm ochreous brown, with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing oval cell-spots, and a spot below the third in the lower median angle; below the second is a trace of some darker shading; transverse band composed of six spots, the first very small on the costa, second and third shifted very -slightly inwards, fourth well out, fifth and sixth inwards, but inclined obliquely outwards (Hewitson being thus right in saying “ the last spot of this fascia projects outwardly ”) ; submarginal row fairly distinct, submedian area siightly paler. Secondaries with four basal spots below each other, followed by three larger ones ; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small one in the lower median angle, and above it a small round one shifted inwards; transverse band composed of eight spots, the second placed obliquely and shifted right outwards, third shifted also well outwards, fourth out again, fifth inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular, confluent with the eighth long spot shifted right inwards ; this band is distinctly spotted, though the spots are not completely encircled with a pale edging ; submarginal band distinct, marginal band obscure; a black spot at the anal angle edged above by brilliant pale blue metallic scales, which also cover the two black spots preceding it. 100 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE @. Upperside bright violet-blue, the primaries with a broadish purplish-brown costa and very broad outer margins, the apical area being broader still; secondaries with very broad costa, the outer margin being narrow, but increasing towards the anal angle; the median and the discoidal nervules are blackish. Underside as in the male. This species has rarely, if ever, been rightly identified with Hewitson’s type and figures. In his collection are two males labelled hypomuta, one of which agrees absolutely with the figure (pl. 11. fig. 13) in the ‘Ill. Diurn. Lepidoptera,’ and very closely with the previous figures (pl. vi. figs. 63 & 64) given in the ‘ Catalogue Lycenide B.M.’; but the other specimen is quite different: there is no difficulty whatever, there- fore, in settling which is the type, and I have taken my description of the male from the first type, whilst the female described is trom Singapore. There is, however, another specimen under this name in the Hewitson cabinet, which is labelled Hypomuta amphimuta, and this no doubt has caused the confusion, more especially as the labelled female specimen belongs to this male; both are, however, absolutely distinct from Hewitson’s species, but they agree fairly well with Felder’s figures of amphimuta, and as he probably knew Felder’s insect, we may correctly assume, I think, that they are that species. ‘The figures given by Distant in his ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana’ are probably taken from these two specimens, only his artist has thought it well to add tails to both sexes, which tney do not possess; were it not for this they would fairly well represent these insects. I have been very careful with the figures here given, and there should be no difficulty in future in recognising the species. ARHOPALA METAMUTA (Hewitson). (Plate V. figs. 12 & 12a.) Amblypodia metamuta Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 18. n. 59, pl. i. figs. 14 & 15, g (1863) ; Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 548. n. 10 (1877). Narathura metamuta Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 267. n. 10, pl. xxi. fig. 19, ¢ (nec fig. 18 3, var. ?) (1885); Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol. xxi. p. 44: (1886). Arhopala metamuta de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 275 (1890). Arrhopala metamuta de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 469. Hab. Sumatra; Malacca; Mergui; Tenasserim; Penang; Burma. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 36-42 mm. This species is recognisable at once by the different blue of the two wings, the primaries being dark purplish blue, while the secondaries are lustrous azure. The genitalia are specialised, with ample tegumen and very strong short scimitar-shaped hooks; the clasps have bilobed extremities, the outer lobe having a somewhat pointed tongue-shaped tip, and the inner lobe being spatulate, the incision being marked and moderately deep; the penis is of medium size, with a globose orifice, the lower lip of which protrudes. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCZENIDA. 101 ARHOPALA MUTA (Hewitson). (Plate V. figs. 13 & 15 a.) Amblypodia muta Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 11. n. 50, pl. vi. figs. 57 & 58, ¢ (1862) ; id. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 12 (1865). Hab. Java. Expanse, ¢ 31-37, 9 31 mm. The genitalia have the hooks strongly curved downwards, with the attachment on the inside of the tegumen ; the clasps are very broad at the base and at a third along the upper margin are highly excavated, the rest of the clasp being very considerably narrower. This is a species that is recognisable at a glance. ARHOPALA ALACONIA (Hewitson). Amblypodia alaconia Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14, pl. i. figs. 52 & 53 (1865). Arhopala alaconia Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 593. Hab. Borneo. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 42-44 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dull violet, with unusually broad blackish borders all round both wings. Underside: both wings dark and olivaceous brown, with darker spots edged with cream-colour. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots ; below the second and third are two others divided by the lower median nervule; transverse band composed of six spots, the first much compressed, third to sixth almost confluent, shifted outwards, and having a slight oblique outward tendency; the submarginal row distinct to the lower median nervule, a patch of creamy scaling between the upper three spots of the transverse band and the apex. Secondaries with spot at the basal extremity of the costa and four basal spots, the second and fourth shifted inwards, tollowed by four large ones below each other, the first and fourth of which touch the previous row; cell closed by an irregular spot; transverse band composed of eight spots, the first two excessively large, confluent, and irregular, third and fourth shifted outwards, fifth smaller inwards, sixth outwards, seventh subangular, confluent with the small eighth; submarginal row distinct sublunular, with the second to fourth marks very dark; a very small metallic-blue spot near the anal angle and a dark spot at the angle. The male and female of this species are precisely like each other. Oberthuri Ster. is its nearest ally, but it may at once be separated by the difference in colour of the upperside, and the underside of the secondaries is much more uniform than is Staudinger’s insect. ARHOPALA OBERTHURI (Staudinger). (Plate II. fig. 16, 3.) Amblypodia oberthuri Staudinger, Iris, vol. i. p. 132, pl. 11. fig. 4 (1889). Hab. Palawan; Burma; Upper Tenasserim. Expanse, ¢ 37-38, 2 40 mm. 102 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE I have before me, from the collection of Mr. de Nicéville, three specimens of this species from Tounghas (Central Burma), and one from the Dannat Range, Upper Tenasserim; they differ somewhat in that they are much greyer in the colour of the underside, and are also slightly smaller, but otherwise there is no difference whatever. From alesia Felder it differs in that it lacks a tail, and that its colour above is violet- blue, not pale azure as in Felder’s insect, whilst beneath it is much more uniform in general tone. ARHOPALA ALESIA Felder. Arhopala alesia Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. p. 235. n. 263, tab. xxix. fig. 18 (1864). Nilasera wimberleyi de Nicéville, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1887, p. 462, pl. xl. fig. 4, 2. Arhopala wimberleyi de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 258 (1890). Hab. Philippine Islands ; South Andaman Isles. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 38 mm. This species has a more variegated appearance beneath than oberthuri Stgr., the dark spots being darker, and the ground-colour not quite so dark, whilst the pale edging to the spots is much more marked than in Staudinger’s insect, and it has also a good many pale scales scattered more or less over its surface. De Nicéville’s wimberleyt falls as a synonym to this. ARHOPALA OCRIDA Hewitson. Arhopala ocrida Hewitson, Il. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 146, pl. itia. figs. 88 & 39 (1865). Hab. Philippines. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 39-42 mm. On the upperside this species is almost exactly like alesia Feld., but is of a rather darker blue colour, while beneath the differences are greater. Ocrida is greyer and much more uniform; it has none of the light patches of pale scales, and its pattern is smaller and not confluent, as is the case in the secondaries of alesta ; there is also a distinct black lobe-spot and some metallic scaling in its neighbourhood, which is almost entirely (though not absolutely) wanting in Felder’s insect. Hewitson says “this species and A. corinda scarcely differ on the underside.” This is not quite accurate; there may be just at first sight a superficial resemblance, but it is exceedingly superficial. The two species are not really at all difficult to separate. ARHOPALA ADONIAS (Hewitson). (Plate IT. fig. 17, ¢.) Amblypodia adonias Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 8, pl. iv. (2?) figs. 82, 33 (1862); id. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 9 (1865). Amblypodia grynea Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 20, pl. (suppl.) vii. ( ¢ ?) figs. 59 & 60 (1878). Hab. Java; Philippine Isles. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 42 mm. (3) AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA, 103 3. Upperside: both wings brilliant shining metallic emerald-green, with a slightly brassy tint; primaries with costa narrowly and posterior margin somewhat broadly blackish brown ; secondaries with very broad brown margins all round, especially in the anal region ; tail brown, white-tipped. Underside greyish brown, with dark spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing spots in the cell; beneath the second and third two more spots separated by the lower median nervule; transverse band composed of seven spots and fractured below the fourth—first spot small, second and third shifted outwards, fourth further out, fifth spot shifted right inwards, followed by two rather long oblique spots ending on the submedian nervure; submarginal shading obscure; submedian area paler. Secondaries with a small spot at the costal base ; four basal spots, the fourth shifted well inwards, followed by three spots, the lowest of which is margined laterally only and is angulated in the centre; cell closed by a longish narrow spot margined laterally only, beneath which isa small triangular spot ; transverse band composed of eight spots margined laterally, the second being the largest and touching the spot closing the cell—the third spot is shifted outwards, but not detached, fourth further out, fifth well inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot well inwards and touching the eighth, which is often almost broken into two spots; submarginal shading very obscure; a dark spot at the anal angle, and a trace of one between the second and lower median nervules, the space between and over which is sparingly filled with green-metallic scales, over which is a pale grey dusting. @. Upperside: both wings brilliant shining pale azure-blue ; primaries with costa broadly blackish brown and increasing to the apex, posterior margin very broadly blackish brown ; secondaries with very broad brown margins all round. Underside as in the male, except that the ground-colour is paler and yellower in the tint of brown. Hewitson described the female only. Herr Georg Semper has been kind enough to lend me many of his specimens, and fortunately among them is one male of this species from Java; it is precisely of the same pattern on the underside as the female of adonias. Hewitson described an insect as grynea likewise from a female, but there is absolutely no difference between the two species. The female of this species is very close to ocrida Hew., the uppersides of the females of these two species being almost identical, though the male has a greater expanse of blue in the secondaries: but beneath the difference is greater; the ground-colour of ocrida is paler and the. markings more prominent, and the two transverse bands different; in the primaries this band is not completely dislocated as in adonias, and its shape in the secondaries will be readily differentiated from the description. I have one female specimen from Mindanao, which I believe to be this insect, otherwise the species appears to be confined to the island of Java. 104 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA EUMOLPHUS (Cramer). (Plate II. figs. 19, 20, 21,22 ¢ g, 23& 2429; Plate V. figs. 14 & 14 a.) Papilio eumolphus Cramer, Pap. Ex. vol. iv. p. 19, pl. ecxcix. figs. G, H, ¢ (1780) ; Herbst, Pap. pl. cexeviii. figs. 3 & 4, g (1804). Polyommatus eumolphus Godart, Enc. Méth. vol. ix. p, 652. n. 120 (1823). Amblypodia eumolphus Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. p. 103. n. 35 (1829) ; Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 8. n. 36, pl. vill. fig. 89, ¢ (1862). Amblypodia bupola Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 21. n. 102, pl. (suppl.) vii. figs. 64 & 65. ? (1878). Saiadra bupola Moore, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 38 (1884); de Nicéville, Journ, A. 8. B. vol. liv. pt. 2, p. 4. n. 302 (1885). Narathura farquhari Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 264. n. 5, pl. xxiii. fig. 3, ¢ (1885). Amblypodia eumolphus Butler (nec Cramer), Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. vol. 1. p. 548. n. 2 (1877). Arhopala farquhari Doherty, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 421 (1889). Arhopala hellenore Doherty, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 422. n. 18, pl. xxi. fig. 7, (1889). Amblypodia eumolphus de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 263. n. 822 (1890). Amblypodia farquhari id. op. cit. p. 264. Amblypodia hellenore id. op. cit. p. 265. Narathura maxwelli Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 263. n. 4, pl. xxiii. fig. 10, 2 (1885). Hab. Bengal coast; Java; Sikkim; Nepal; Assam; Chittagong Hill-tracts ; Burma; Malay Peninsula; Sumatra; S.E. Borneo; Palawan (Philippine Islands) ; New Guinea (Staudinger’s coll.). Expanse, ¢ 41-55, 2 43-51 mm. 2. Upperside: both wings deep emerald-green, with a strong brassy lustre in certain lights; primaries with a narrow brown costa and broad brown outer margin, this latter varies in width, and is sometimes very broad; secondaries with very broad brown margins all round; tail brown, tipped with white; lobe slightly developed. Underside: both wings palish ochreous brown, with darker brown markings encircled with whitish. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots; above the third is another small one near the costa varying somewhat in size, below it (the third) is a large spot in the lower median angle, subdiscal area dark; transverse fascia consisting of seven spots from the costa to the submedian nervure, the first three spots outwardly oblique, fourth spot slightly dislocated and shifted yet further out, fifth strongly dislocated inwards, fifth and sixth spots inclined very slightly outwards, the lowest being shifted slightly inwards, and sometimes it is quite small, not nearly touching the submedian nervure ; submarginal and marginal row narrowish in an almost continuous line ; submedian inter- space pale. Secondaries with a small dot at the extreme costal base ; four small basal spots followed by three larger paler spots below each other; cell closed by a long subquadrate spot, below which is a smaller one connecting it with the lowest of the AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCAHNID. 105 three spots; transverse band composed of eight spots, the second much larger, and directly below the first and touching the cell-spot, the third shifted well outwards, but not detached, fourth shifted outwards again, fifth inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot well inwards and almost confluent with the eighth long spot; submarginal row crescentic, fairly distinct ; marginal row indefinite, ending in a darkish spot on the anal lobe; no metallic scales at the anal angle. Tt will be well to describe hellenore Doherty and farguhari Distant, and show how they merge one into the another. A. hellenore Doh.—Upperside similar in colour to that of ewmolphus Cram., but with the posterior margin of the primaries black, narrow at the apex, increasing in width to the anal angle, where it is broad. Secondaries with rather more green than in the case of ewmolphus. On the underside the pattern is precisely the same as in Cramer’s species, but the ground-colour is variegated with pale patches and is dark greyish ; the lobe-spot is deep black and is preceded by green-metallic scales, which are often inclined to obsolescence. A. farquhari Distant.—Upperside similar in colour to that of ewmolphus Cramer, but with a rather narrow black posterior margin to the primaries; secondaries with rather more green than those of ewmolphus. Underside: both wings uniform dull ochreous brown, with rather darker spots palely encircled, the spots being of the same tone as the ground-colour but darker. In pattern this is similar to Cramer’s species, but it has a somewhat more “spotted” appearance, and the anal angle is very strongly irrorated with brilliant bluish-green metallic scales, with a dark spot at the anal angle and beyond the tail. The female is even more uniform in colour than the male. If we take specimens of the extreme of each form they appear satisfactorily distinct, and it is evident that this has unfortunately been done. But in examining a large series, connecting-links are shown in every grade, so that it would be impossible to say where the dividing-line should come. Hellenove Doherty is the extreme form in the one direction, with its rather more angular wing and straighter outer margin, the black border of which is quite narrow at the apex, but increases in a very defined straight line to the anal angle where it is broad, whilst beneath it is dark greyish, variegated with pale grey or bronzy-grey patches. Between this and the originally- described ewmolphus Cramer I have before me links of every grade, forming an absolute connecting-series between the two (there are about sixty specimens before me now, and if the two can be connected with so small a number, what would it be with a really large series ?). The same remark applies to the upperside, for the width of the dark border varies in a remarkable way, being in some specimens quite an eighth of an inch wide in the narrowest part, whilst in others it is very narrow. At first sight farqhari seems to be much more distinct : the outer margin of the primaries is somewhat produced, thus giving the wings a more rounded shape ; whilst the underside in extreme VOL. XviI.—PartT 1. No. 14.—August, 1903. P 106 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE specimens is different, the colour being very uniform darkish ochreous brown with the pattern more spotted in appearance. I have about thirty specimens, more or less typical, before me, in addition to which I have about a dozen connecting them with eumolphus Cramer, almost as closely as in the preceding instance, and one or two of the latter approaching the grey colour of the underside of farquhari Distant : the connecting- specimens are from Java, Palawan, New Guinea, Borneo, and one from Darjeeling ; the typical specimens before me being from Sumatra, Borneo (S8.E.), and New Guinea. I have not yet seen a typical ewmolphus from the Malay Islands, but I have a link very close indeed to farquhari Distant from Darjeeling. Under these circum- stances, and considering the fact that I can trace no difference whatever in the genitalia, I am forced to the conclusion that these three names represent one variable species, the female of which may be occasionally dimorphic, as in other species of this green group, for I have one or two very pale azure females which might be claimed by each of the authors as the female of his insect. De Nicéville pointed out (Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 265) that mazwelli Distant was probably the female of farquhari Distant ; and he is no doubt quite correct in this, for if we compare the underside of the figures of the two insects, they will be found to agree precisely. I have mounted in balsam several genitalia of each of the named varieties, and find they all agree precisely, and in this genus I consider this potent evidence that all are but one species. It is most probable that these very highly metallic-green colours and other such-like hues are a comparatively recent development, and we shall therefore not expect to find the female of a similar colour. I have no doubt, as de Nicéville has already pointed out, that the supposed female described by Horsfield is no other than Pagenstecher’s more recently described horsfieldi. The genitalia of this green group are very specialised, but all follow the same main lines: the tegumen is much less ample and distinctly angled where it resolves itself into its arm-like supports; the hooks are sharply bent at their muscular attachment inside the tegumen, whence they project horizontally in a slight curve; the clasps are bilobed, the upper lobe being anvil-shaped, the upper fore extremity being sharply pointed and very highly excavated internally, whence it is projected into the long finger-shaped lower lobe, which has an upward curve. The penis is very long, with a contrary angle fore and aft, with a large trumpet-shaped orifice much expanded on its outer lip. ARHOPALA AUREA (Hewitson). Amblypodia aurea Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 8, pl. viii. figs. 87 & 88 (1862); id. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 9 (1863). Arhopala aurea Druce, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 591. Hab. Borneo (Sarawak, Labuan, Tameang-Lajang) ; Sapagaya. Expanse, ¢, about 45 mm. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 107 This species may at once be recognised from the preceding by its very much smaller size, by its brassy-green colour, and by the quite different pattern of the underside. _ The female is, I believe, entirely unknown. It is apparently a rare species, being either not represented, or, if represented, in most collections it is only by two or three specimens. Mr. Cator brought home from the small island of Sapagaya more specimens of this butterfly than I had seen before in all the collections I had been through, yet there was not a single female among them. ARHOPALA BORNEENSIS Bethune-Baker. Arhopala borneensis Bethune-Baker and Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896, p. 666, pl. xxx. figev5;, ay. Hab. Borneo (Kina Balu, Tameang-Lajang) ; Malacca. Expanse, 3, 42-46 mm. From aurea Hew. this species may be recognised by the deeper tone of the green, by the decidedly paler and more uniform colour of the underside, the pattern being likewise paler, and by the pattern itself. In the primaries the transverse band is straighter and wider, in aurea it is rather sharply, angular, whilst in the secondaries this band is decidedly obscure. ‘The female of this species also is at present unknown to me. ARHOPALA TROGON Distant. Arhopala trogon Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. p. 201 (1884) ; id. Rhop. Malay p. 275, woodcut 87, g (1885), and p. 464 (1886). Arhopala trogon de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 467 (1895). Hab. Perak; Sumatra. Expanse, ¢ 40, 2 37-38 mm. This beautiful species may immediately be separated from its near allies by the purple tinge of its underside, and by the large and prominent pattern thereof. Like some others of this green group, it is apparently very local and very rare. ARHOPALA HORSFIELDI Pagenstecher. (Plate IT. fig. 26, 3.) Amblypodia horsfieldi Pagenstecher, Jahr. des Nass. Ber. fiir Naturk. vol. xii. pp. 96, 106 (1890). Nec Arhopala horsfieldi de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 467. n. 411 (1895). Hab. Java. ; Expanse, ¢ & 2, 39-40 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dark brown, with a large bronzy metallic-green patch in the primaries from about the costal nervure to the internal margin up to half the median area, but ending abruptly at the close of the cell; in the secondaries this . metallic patch is very small and does not much exceed the cell itself; tail brown, white- tipped. Underside: both wings brown, very slightly lustrous, with dark spots palely P2 108 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE edged. Primaries with three increasing discal spots; below the second and third are two others divided by the lower median nervule, and above the third is a very small one on the costa; transverse fascia irregular, first spot small, second and third confluent, inclined outwards, fourth shifted well outwards, fifth and sixth confluent and shifted right inwards, but not detached, seventh shifted slightly inwards and_ oblique, sometimes quite small ; submarginal row distinct, but with obscure margins ; submedian area slightly paler. Secondaries with an obscure spot at the costal base; four basal spots, the fourth shifted inwards on to the inner margin, followed by three spots below each other; cell closed by a longish narrow spot, beneath which is a small triangular one; transverse fascia composed of eight spots, the second larger than the first and touching the upper outer extremity of the narrow spot closing the cell, third spot shifted right outwards but not detached, fourth further out, fifth inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot inwards and touching the eighth long one; submarginal row rather obscure; lobe-spot black; a small black spot is also between the second and lower median nervules, the space between and over which is filled with bluish or greenish-metallic scales. 2. Exactly like the male, except that the green is replaced by a violet-blue patch on the upperside of both wings, and the underside is somewhat lighter. This species was originally described by Horsfield as the female of ewmolphus Cram. It can readily be separated from all others of this group, except basiviridis de N., by the green colour being limited to less than two-thirds of the primaries and to less than one-third of the secondaries. It is much closer to de Nicéville’s insect, in the description of which species the comparison will be found : horsfieldi appears to be entirely confined to the island of Java, and it is interesting to notice how very local all these green species are with the exception of ewmolphus. ARHOPALA BASIVIRIDIS de Nicéville. (Plate IJ. fig. 27, ¢; Plate V. figs. 15 & 15a.) Arhopala basiviridis de Nicéville, J. Bombay N. H. Soc. 1891, p. 373, pl. G. fig. 22, ¢. Arhopala horsfieldi, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p.591 ; de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 467 (1895). Hab. Borneo, Malacca, Burma. Expanse, ¢ , 42-44 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings dark brown, with a bluish-green metallic patch occupying the cell to the upper margin and one-third of the median area of the primaries. In the secondaries this metallic patch extends from just above the cell to the submedian nervule, but scarcely beyond the cell as to the outer margin. ‘Tail brown, white-tipped. Underside: both wings of a warm brown, with slightly darker spots and fascia palely margined. Primaries with three good-sized discal spots increasing in size; beneath the second and third are two other large spots separated by the lower median nervure, and above the third a small obscure spot; transverse band irregular, composed of AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA., 109 seven spots, usually terminating on the submedian nervure, second spot larger and shifted very slightly outwards, third further out, fourth still further out, fifth inwards and confluent with the sixth, which is outwardly oblique, seventh spot shifted inwards and sometimes obscure ; submarginal row distinct and continuous, marginal row obscure ; submedian area paler. Secondaries darker in hue, with an obscure spot at the costal base, three dark basal spots, below which on the inner margin is a rather paler one, following these are three larger spots below each other; cell closed by a longish subquadrate spot, below which is a triangular one; transverse band composed of eight spots, the second larger than the first and touching the spot closing the cell, third spot detached from the second (usually but not always) and shifted right outwards, fourth shifted further out and confluent with the fifth, sixth shifted outwards, seventh spot well inwards and touching the long eighth spot; submarginal row fairly distinct. Three anal black spots, the middle one being almost entirely obliterated, with bluish or greenish-blue metallic scales, which also edge the other two spots above. All the spots are rather large and the fascia edged laterally. 2. Upperside: both wings rather pale, sublustrous, violet-blue, rather bright; cell closed by a black spot; all the borders of the primaries broadly brown, apical area very broad ; secondaries with costa and outer margin very broadly brown, decreasing at the anal angle, abdominal fold greyish. Underside exactly like that of the male in every respect. Mr. Druce has a male and female from Burma, taken respectively at Bankasoon and Meetan; the female has the blue of an exceedingly pale lustrous azure instead of the usual violet colour. This species is distinct from horsfieldi Pagenst. ; it is altogether a larger insect than the latter; the colour beneath is much browner and warmer in tone, making the spots much less prominent, though they are larger than in horsfieldi; the transverse fascia has a much more spotted appearance. The points of difference are difficult to describe, but are such as to separate the two species easily. The ground-colour of horsfieldi is much greyer in tone. In the female the blue of de Nicéville’s insect occupies a decidedly larger area in both wings and is brighter and rather lustrous. The figures will show the differences quite readily. The genitalia are similar to ewmolphus Cram., but the hooks are straight, and the anvil-shaped part of the clasp is deeply excavated fore and aft. ARHOPALA STAUDINGERI Semper. (Plate II. fig. 25, ¢ .) Arhopala staudingeri Semper, Schmett. Philip. Ins. Bd. v. p. 195. Hab. Mindanao. Expanse, ¢, 45 mm. ¢. Upperside: both wings brilliant metallic green; primaries with costa narrowly dark brown, posterior margin rather broadly brown, increasing considerably at the anal 110 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE angle ; secondaries with very broad brown margins all round. Underside : both wings brown, with spots and fascia edged with white. Primaries with three large increasing discal spots ; in the submedian area below the first two are two large confluent blotches making the whole basal area dark, with a pale mark showing the juncture in the middle ; below the third is another spot, and above it (the third, which is very irregular and large) are two small spots, one touching it, the other on the costa ; transverse band very irregular and very broad, touching the third spot and that below it and ending on the submedian nervure ; the first spot on the costa is small, the second and third each larger, fourth larger still and shifted outwards, fifth and sixth larger still and each shifted inwards, the sixth only as to its inner margin, seventh spot smaller, but still smaller at its lower extremity, area between this and the dark basal spots whitish; submarginal row very finely and obscurely edged with whitish; extreme margin white with an interior dark spotted row; internal area whitish grey. Secondaries with a spot at the costal base, four basal spots, the upper three touching a very large dark patch, occupying the central and upper part of the wing from the costal to the median nervures; the spots in the centre of the cell and closing it marking its lower extremity at the costal nervure, a white mark showing that the spots have become confluent; transverse band beginning on the lower discoidal nervure and touching the large patch; the second oval spot is shifted inwards, third outwards, fourth very large angular spot inwards and confluent with the fifth long spot; subapical area whitish grey ; submarginal row indefinite, the three lower spots being very dark with obscure internal definitions; lobe fairly developed, with a black spot followed by two subanal black spots, the middle one being almost obliterated with bright blue-metallic scales, which also edge the other two spots above ; tail brown, white-tipped, over the metallic spots is a greyish irroration ; margin finely whitish. I have only one male before me, but it appears to be quite a distinct species, the pattern beneath being very distinctive. ‘The very striking and handsome underside of this species should separate it without the least difficulty from all its allies. ARHOPALA ANELLA de N. Arhopala anella de Nicéville, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. p. 289, pL Ps fiesrs2 (1895). Hab. Perak, Malay Peninsula. Expanse, 2, 51 mm. The unique type specimen is before me and is certainly a distinct species, its nearest ally being irregularis Rober, also a three-tailed species; it has, however, a much larger area of blue on the upperside, whilst beneath the colour is very much paler and ochreous, and the spots fewer and more separated than in Réber’s species. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCAHNIDA, Hu ARHOPALA IRREGULARIS, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 18, 9 .) Hab. Celebes, Banka. Expanse, ¢ 38-43, @ 35-38 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings very deep, slightly shining, violet-blue; the primaries with costa broadly, apical and posterior marginal areas very broadly purplish black ; secondaries with very broad margins all round, anteciliary line black, edged internally from the upper median nervule to the anal angle with white; fringes to both wings tipped with white. ‘Three tails fine brown, each white-tipped, central one very long. Underside: both wings greyish brown, with very dark spots edged with white. Primaries with a small spot at the extreme base of the cell, followed by two larger roundish ones, the third well before the end of the cell ; two small spots are over the second and in advance of it, the upper one touching the costa, one spot is over the third and in advance of it, and touches a very broad irregular fascia which crosses the end of the cell; this fascia is narrower on the costa and terminates very widely on the lower median nervule, and in its centre is a faint white dash indicating the end of the cell. ‘Trans- verse fascia very irregular, edged laterally only; the second spot with its outer margin shifted outwards, third with the inner margin shifted inwards, fourth outwards and angulated in the centre of its inner margin, fifth right inwards, with its outer margin slanting outwards and its inner very oblique and slightly angulated, sixth spot shifted slightly inwards and oblique; below this under the lower median nervule is an indefi- nite small oblique dash ; submarginal row distinct, the lower spots very much suffused inwardly and large, the three upper ones being quite >-shaped and much suffused inwardly with whitish ; marginal stripe dark almost obsolete in centre; anteciliary line dark, edged internally with whitish; submedian area greyish white, underneath the base of the cell! slightly darker. Secondaries darker than the primaries, with a good- sized spot at the costal base; a basal row of five spots all touching, the third and fourth shifted outwards, the fifth beyond the internal nervure unusually large, followed by three large spots, the upper one pear-shaped ; cell closed by a large spot with a pale central dash, below which is a narrow suboval spot: transverse band very irregular and edged laterally only, the upper spot having a double curve, followed by a larger one whose lower inner margin touches the large spot closing the cell; third spot shifted right outwards, fourth outwards again, the fifth spot oblique, shifted inwards, sixth merely a very dark narrow stripe, seventh and eighth also confluent, shifted right inwards and little more than a very dark narrow stripe ; outside the three upper spots there is a very dark suffusion up to the pale edging of the narrow scalloped submarginal stripe, which stripe is continued from the costa right round above the metallic scaling to the internal nervure; a black spot at the anal angle and between the second and lower median nervules, the space between and over which is broadly filled with brilliant bluish or greenish-bronzy metallic scales, which also extend into the upper median space; anteciliary line very dark, edged internally with whitish. 112 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE 2. Upperside: both wings warm brown ; primaries tinged with a shade of purple, with a good-sized bright violet patch up to half the median area; cell closed by a dark spot, this patch being smaller in the secondaries. I have before me one specimen from Banka in which the shade is as deep in tone as in the male, but it is more violet in hue. This species is very strikingly marked on its underside and should be recognised at once; it is perhaps nearest to abseus Hew., but can be very easily separated by its very much larger size, by the unusually broad borders of the male and the very dark blue of the upperside, whilst on the underside the spots are very much more distinct and are markedly outlined with whitish, whereas adseus is more uniform in tone and darkly clouded. The specimen figured is a female in my own collection; it would have been better had I figured the male, which is much more distinct, but I had returned the male specimens to Herr Ribbe before I was ready to figure it. ARHOPALA ABSEUS (Hewitson). Amblypodia abseus Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 9.n. 40, pl. v. figs. 41 & 42 (if corrected in MS., then figs. 51 &52), 9 (1862); id. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 10. n. 44. (1863) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 353. un. 6. Satadra abseus Moore, Journ. A. S. B. vol. lili. pt. 2, p. 41 (1884). Arhopala abseus de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 242. Arhopala amphea Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. p. 234, tab. xxix. fig. 19 (1865); Druce, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1895, p. 589; de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. 8. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 465 (1895). Hab. Sylhet ; Sikkim; Burma; Mergui; Singapore; Sumatra; Borneo. Expanse, ¢ 9, 36-41 mm. ¢. Blue areas distinctly fractured beyond the lower median nervule, where the fascia becomes very narrow ; below the upper discoidal nervule is a dark patch extending to the margin, submarginal row obscured. A black spot at the anal angle and between the second and lower median nervules, over and between which are some greenish sub- metallic scales more or less scattered, margined above with a dark dash up to the abdominal margin. The secondaries are glossy and the spots much darker than in the primaries. 2. Exactly like the male, except that the blue is paler and more restricted. All the male specimens from Borneo that I have seen are quite glossy purple. The species is very different from any others except irregularis and should be recognised without difficulty. ARHOPALA AMPHEA Felder. Hab. Philippines. Expanse, ¢ 38-45, 9 33-44 mm. This is, without doubt, a local race of abseus, being merely of a darker blue above, with the borders not so broad. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDZ. 113 ARHOPALA KUNI (Rober). (Plate II. figs. 28 g, 29 2.) Amblypodia kuhni Rober, Iris, vol. i. p. 200, Taf. ix. figs. 5 & 8 (1887). Hab. Isle of Banka. Expanse, ¢ 47, 2 38 mm. This species should at once be recognised by the female, which is peculiar in the dark spots of the upperside closing the cell on both wings, which are specially noticeable on the secondaries, and by the three tails. The male is of a violet shade, not purple above, and is easily recognisable from diardi Hew. by the compact dark basal area and by having no purplish tinge below, and from fulgida by a similar difference in colour, and by its decidedly larger size, whilst the contour of its primaries differs from both, the outer margin of the apex being nearly straight, with a slight excavation in the median area. ARHOPALA DIARDI (Hewitson). (Plate V. figs. 16 & 16a.) Amblypodia diardi Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 9. n. 43, pl. v. figs. 51 & 52 (if corrected in MS. then figs. 41 & 42), 3 (1862) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 107. n. 2. Amblypodia? diardi Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 549. n. 13 (1877). Satadra diardi Moore, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 41 (1884). Panchala diardi Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 272. n. 1, pl. xxiii. fig. 14, ¢ (1885). Arhopala diardi de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 256 (1890); de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 466 (1895). Amblypodia capeta Hewitson, Il. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 22, pl. viii. figs. 70 & 71 (1878). Amblypodia viardi Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii. p. 180 (1889). Hab. India; Assam; Siam; Penang; Malacca; Singapore; Sumatra; Palawan; Bosobosa (Philippines) ; Mindanao; Java; Borneo; Celebes. Expanse, ¢ 2, 40-48 mm. I have before me a specimen of this insect from Palawan of a most beautiful rich blue, almost as beautiful as anniel/a, but with a purple tinge in it; the underside, however, agrees entirely with this species, it has but little of the red at the base. Ihave compared Hewitson’s capeta very carefully with this species and can find no valid points of difference. It is very close to the next species, fulgida Hew., but is decidedly darker and more violet in the tone of the underside, and has the very finest possible dark linear outer margin and costa, whereas fulgida has both these margins decidedly wider though still narrow. Its distribution is extensive, occurring from the Khasia Hills (Assam) to the Philippine Islands on the east, to Sumatra on the west, into Java, where apparently it is not uncommon, and probably in suitable places throughout Borneo, as I have specimens from the south-east of the island and from the coast opposite Labuan. I have before me one extraordinary male from Lompa-Battan (Celebes), taken about 3000 feet high in March 1896, in which the underside is extremely dark; whilst it VOL, XVII.—Part I. No. 15.—August, 1903. Q 114 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE measures in expanse no less than 66 mm. In the genitalia the tegumen is very simple with hardly any hood and the sides very broad almost to the juncture with the clasps ; the hooks are long, angled almost at 45° about their centre, and fixed very close to the top of the tegumen; the clasps are small; the penis is rather like that organ in the eumolphus group, but much shorter, not having the narrow internal portion as in that section. ARHOPALA FULGIDA (Hewitson). Amblypodia fulgida Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 11. n. 49, pl. v. fig. 31, 2 (1863). Nilasera? fulgida de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lii. pt. 2, p. 80. n. 21, pl. ix. figs. 3 g, 3a 2 (1883). Satadra fulgida Moore, Journ. A. S. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 41 (1884). Arhopala fulgida de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 254 (1890). Panchala singapura Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 273, woodcut 84 (1885). Hab. Philippines; N. India; Sikkim; Khasia Hills; Singapore. Expanse, ¢ 46-49, 9 45-46 mm. This species may be safely recognised from the preceding, A. diardi Hew., by the slight differences of the upperside as already enumerated under that species, but more especially by the fact that the subbasal broad dark band is always unbroken. A. fulgida has a much more restricted range than diardi. The genitalia are of just the same type as in diardi Hew., but the hooks are angled at a third from their attachment and the clasps are much more pointed. ARHOPALA ANNIELLA (Hewitson). Amblypodia anniella Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 10, pl. viii. figs. 83 & 84, g (1862). Narathura anniella Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 269, pl. xxi. fig. 20 (1885). Arhopala anniella Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 592; de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 468. Arhopala triangularis Stgr. (in litt.). Hab. Singapore; Province Wellesley; Perak; Sungei Ujong; Borneo; Batchian (Semper); Java; Philippine Islands; Sumatra; Tenasserim. Expanse, ¢ 40, 2 38-40 mm. Mr. Distant has severely strictured Hewitson’s figure of this species, yet his own is but little better; in shape it is worse than the original figure ; the costa and posterior margin of the primaries should be much straighter, especially the former, and the tip of the apex slightly produced, whilst the secondaries are absolutely wrong in shape and should be as described already, instead of rounded as figured by Mr. Distant. The rich beautiful blue of the male will separate it from any of its near neighbours, whilst below it is much more uniform in tone, and the secondaries are very dark rich purplish red, washed here and there with very pale lavender scales, and it has no AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANID. 115 distinct tail, only a very slight tooth. The specimens, however, from the Philippines and Batchian and Malacca have a slight tail and are not so uniformly dark as those from Borneo on the underside of the secondaries. ‘These specimens seem to form a sort of “transit” to fulgida Hew., as the upperside is not so intensely blue as in the Bornean specimens. It appears to be a local and rare insect, as only 19 specimens have passed through my hands, and I have not seen many in any collection, except that of the late Mr. de Nicéville, which contained 12, and added to our knowledge of the distribution of the species, there being specimens from Perak, Sumatra, Penang; and Tenasserim (Dannat Range). ARHOPALA ARTEGAL (Doherty). Flos artegal Doherty, J. A. S. B. vol. lvii. pt. 2, p. 423, pl. xxiii. fig. 5 (1889). Arhopala artegal de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 225 (1890). Hab. Mergui. Expanse, ¢, 35 mm. I have not seen this species, but from the figure it is very close to anniella Hewitson- Mr. Doherty states that the two specimens he took were males; were it not that he is so accurate an observer I should doubt this, and if one can judge from the figure there is every appearance of a female in the shape of the wings. It is not impossible that these may prove to be females of Hewitson’s previous species. ARHOPALA APIDANUS (Cramer). (Plate V. figs. 17 & 17 a.) Papilio apidanus Cramer, Pap. Ex. vol. ii. pl. exxxvii. figs. F & G, § (1777); Fabricius, Lep. Ins. vol. ii. p. 119. n. 530 (1781) ; id. Mant. Ins. vol. ii. p. 69. n. 658 (1787). Hesperia apidanus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. vol. i. pt. 1, p. 280. n. 78 (1793). Polyommatus apidanus Godart, Enc. Méth. vol. ix. p. 652. n. 118 (1823). Amblypodia apidanus Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. p.100. n. 32 (1829); Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. vol. 1. p. 39. n. 53, pl.1. figs. 5 larva, 5 @ pupa (1857) ; Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. B.M. p. 180. n. 2 (1869) ; id. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 549. n. 12 (1877). Satadra apidanus Moore, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. li. pt. 2, p. 41 (1884). Panchala apidanus Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 273. n. 3, woodcut n. 85, ¢ (1885). Thecla apidanus Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. pl. iv. figs. 3 larva, 3 @ pupa (1829). Amblypodia apidanus Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 353. n. 7. Papilio dorimond Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, pl. xxxvii. figs. 4, 4a, 2? (1790). Arhopala apidanus de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iti. p. 253 (1890) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 590. Arrhopala apidanus de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 466 (1895). Var. palawanus Staudinger, Iris, vol. 11. p. 130 (1889). Flos ahamus Doherty, J. A. S. B. vol. lx. pt. 2, p. 33, pl. i. fig. 6, 2 (1891). Hab. Mergui; Moulmein; Malacca; Singapore; Sumatra; Java; Borneo; Nias; Tenasserim; Philippines; Sambawa; Balabac; Assam. Expanse, ¢ 2, 38-50 mm. 116 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE The females of this species are subject to variation as to the colour of the blue; I have two with a very pale silvery-blue tinge, many are pale purplish, others are quite dark blue, and some pale violet. All my Java specimens are of the brilliant or silvery-blue forms, but the other forms appear to obtain indiscriminately in Nias, Sumatra, the Philippines, and Borneo. I cannot trace any difference between this and Dr. Staudinger’s palawanus; the colour of the under surface is rather paler, but otherwise they are essentially the same. I have two or three females entirely brown, with no blue area at all. ‘The red basal area varies considerably in the secondaries; I have specimens in which there is quite a suffusion of it, whilst in some it is almost absent, but I believe the streak on the costa of the primaries is always present. This strongly marked species is widely distributed, it having been taken in Moulmein, Burma (de Nicéville has sent me two from Tenasserim in his collection), Mergui, Penang (Herr Semper has sent me a pair from this island), Malacca, Singapore, Sumatra, Nias (Semper), Java, Sambawa, (my specimens from this island are of the ordinary form, Doherty says a local race occurs in the hills), Celebes (where a beautiful local race has apparently been set up), Borneo, and the Philippines. I have no doubt whatever that Doherty's Flos ahamus is merely a pale form of this species. The genitalia are specialised in every point, the tegumen with its extraordinary beak-shaped hook and projection below this, the hooks recurved at their tips; the clasps small and evenly oblong; the penis stout, curved, with a globose orifice, at the tip of which is a strong thorn-like spur. ARHOPALA Arca de Nicéville. Arhopala arca de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. vii. no. 3, p. 331. n. 8, pl. H. fig. 15, 2 (1892). Hab. Celebes. Expanse, 2, 49 mm. This may be the Celebes form of apidanus Cram. ?. The upperside is like the very pale silvery-blue form of Cramer’s insect, but the blue is more restricted. Below it is plain dark brown and whitish, all trace of red or pink or lilac is quite gone, there being also no trace of the red costal streak in the primaries nor of the basal streak in the secondaries ; in the primaries the. markings are the same, but greyish white takes the place of the lighter brown interspaces and the submedian area, and the lilac scaling at the apex is replaced by light grey; the same differences obtain in the secondaries, and the fringes are wholly tipped with white, which gives the insect a very striking appearance. I have before me the unique type from which de Nicéville described the species, and if all examples from Celebes agree with that specimen, it makes a very fine local race. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 117 ARHOPALA MORPHINA (Distant). (Plate II. fig. 30, ¢.) Panchala morphina Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. p. 201 (1884) ; Rhop. Malay. p- 274, woodcut 86, ¢ (1885). Arrhopala morphina de Nicéville and Martin, J. A.S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 468 (1895) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1896, p. 666. Hab. Malacca; Sumatra; Borneo; Silam. Expanse, ¢ 46-50, 2 48 mm. 2. Upperside: both wings pale violet ; primaries with a broad brown costa up to the cell, a very broad and slightly increasing (as it nears the apex) outer margin, and yet broader apex; secondaries with very broad costa and broadish outer margin, increasing very considerably at the anal angle; underside exactly like that of the male. Until now the female of this species does not appear to have been recorded; but Mr. Cator was fortunate enough to capture one at Silam, an island off the coast of British N. Borneo, on the 26th of January, 1892, which is the type female and is in his collection. This species, though by no means the largest in size, is, | think, about the most magnificent of the genus, the intense richness of the deep ultramarine-blue of the upperside and the most beautiful softness of the tones of the under surface, coupled with the rich depth of the basal area, combine to make it a species so striking that once seen it will never be forgotten. It appears to be a rare insect; I have only seen a single specimen from each of the localities given, each of which is from a different collection. ARHOPALA ADRIANA (de Nicéville). (Plate V. figs. 18 & 18 a.) Nilasera? adriana de Nicéville, J. A. S. B. vol. lin. pt. 2, p. 79. n. 20, pl. ix. figs.5 ¢,5a 9 (1883). Arhopala adriana de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ui. p. 253 (1890). Hab, Sikkim. Expanse, ¢ 46-50, 2 46-48 mm. This species is quite distinct and easily separated from apidanus Cram. by the broad outer border to the primaries, and by the underside pattern, which is quite different ; the broad outer border of the primaries also separates it from asoka de N. It is a very local insect, only having been recorded from Sikkim; I have specimens also from Darjeeling. ‘The genitalia are most peculiar; the tegumen is elevated into a high saddle-back ridge, and then carried forwards into two strong, curved, pointed tusks, jointed at the base with the tegumen, below which are the usual hooks. The clasps are composed of two portions, the hinder portion extending upwards with a hammer- shaped head, the fore portion small, subtriangular, joined at its lower hind extremity to the other part. The penis is stout, strongly curved in its whole length. 118 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA ASOKA (de Nicéville). Nilasera? asoka de Nicéville, J. A. S. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 78. n. 19, pl. ix. figs. 6 g, 6a (1883). Satadra chola Moore, J. A. S. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 39 (1884). Arhopala asoka de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 253 (1890). Hab. Sikkim; Burma (Bhamo) (Staudinger). Expanse, ¢ 48-49, 9 46-48 mm. A close ally of adriana de Nicév.; besides the difference in the outer margins, as already indicated under that species, it may also be separated by the presence of metallic-green scales at the anal angle, which are not present in adriana ; the markings are more pronounced on the underside of the secondaries, especially the subbasal band, which is generally very dark and well marked. This is another very local species, though of wider range than the last, as besides specimens from Sikkim I have a couple from Bhamo (Burma). The genitalia are closely similar to those of the previous species, but the fore portion of the clasps is rather larger. ARHOPALA CHINENSIS Felder. (Plate III. fig. 1, ¢ ; Plate V. figs. 19 & 19a.) Arhopala chinensis Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 231. n. 257, pl. xxix. fig. 10, ¢ (1865). Amblypodia chinensis Moore, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1865, p.774; Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14g. n. 96 (1869). Satadra chinensis Moore, J. A. S. B. vol. lit. pt. 2, p. 41 (1884). Nilasera? moelleri de Nicéville, J. A. S. B. vol. li. pt. 2, p. 80, pl. ix. figs. 4 ¢,4a % (1883). Satadra lazula Moore, J. A. 8. B. vol. lui. pt. 2, p. 40 (1884). Arhopala moelleri de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ti. p. 266 (1890). Hab. Shanghai; South China; Darjeeling; North India; Sikkim; Khasia Hills ; Sibsagar, Upper Assam. Expanse, ¢ 47-50, 9 43-47 mm. @. Upperside: both wings purplish brown, with a purplish-blue central patch, in the primaries extending over the discoidal cell, the submedian and about half of the median areas, in the secondaries extending just outside the cell and about halfway beyond towards the outer margin. Underside precisely as in the male. Felder’s species chinensis has for long remained practically unknown, and I was surprised in looking at this type in Mr. Rothschild’s Museum to recognise it as probably moelleri de Nicév. I have since carefully examined it with a number of de Nicéville’s species and I have no doubt it is that insect. There are two slight differences: in the type chinensis is a small light spot on the underside near the base in the cell of the primaries, this is not present in ordinary moelleri de Nicev., but there are indications of it in several specimens before me ; and in the secondaries the broad dark band at the base is more broken up on its outer margin than is the case with AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCHNID#. 119 moellert, this, however, is decidedly variable in the specimens before me of the latter species. Under these circumstances I have no option but to sink de Nicéville’s moellert under chinensis Feld. My figure is taken from Felder’s type. The genitalia have the tegumen highly excavated, so that the apex is produced into a strong curved hook, the hooks themselves are sharply angled, the clasps are in two portions, the fore portion receding within the hinder portion to a large extent, the latter being rather small. The penis is very stout and strongly curved. ARHOPALA ARESTE (Hewitson). Amblypodia areste Hewitson, Cat. Lyc. B.M. p. 10. n. 44, pl. v. figs. 43 & 44, 9 (1862). Nilasera? areste de Nicéville, J. A. 8. B. vol. lii. pt. 2, p. 97. n. 247 (1888). Satadra areste Moore, J. A. S. B. vol. hii. pt. 2, p. 41 (1884). Satadra patuna Moore, tom. cit. p. 40. Arhopala areste de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 271 (1890). Hab. Nepal; Sikkim; Khasia Hills. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 33-41 mm. This species is very close indeed to chinensis Feld., from which it may be separated by the different colour and pattern of the underside of the secondaries, by the absence of any metallic scales at the anal angle, and by the absence of any red at the base of the primaries, and in a lesser degree by the fact that chinensis has an exceedingly short tail, little more than a tooth perhaps, but in areste this is represented only by the outline of the wings being strongly scalloped. It has hitherto been taken only in Sikkim and Assam ; de Nicéville says it is a rare species, occurring at low elevations in August, September, and November, so that it is one of the most restricted species of the genus. The genitalia are very close to the previous species, but the clasps are more pointed and differently placed. ARHOPALA BAZALUS (Hewitson). Amblypodia bazalus Hewitson, Cat. Lyc. B.M. p. 8. n. 38, pl. iv. figs. 37 & 38, 2? (1862). Satadra bazalus Moore, J. A. 8. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 39 (1884). Satadra teesta de Nicéville, J. A. S. B. vol. lv. pt. 2, p. 253. n. 6, pl. xi. fig. 8, § (1886). Arhopala teesta de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 250. n. 806, pl. xxvii. fig. 197, g (1890). Arrhopala teesta de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 466. n. 400 (1895). Nee Arhopala bazalus de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 249. n. 804 (1890). Hab. Sikkim; Sylhet; Upper Tenasserim ; Sumatra; Borneo ; Japan. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 46-54 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings excessively deep dull purple, suffused with a silky- brown lustre; primaries with the costa very narrowly, and the outer margin less narrowly black; secondaries with the costa very broadly and the outer margin less broadly blackish. Tail blackish, tipped with white, moderately long. Underside exactly like that of singla de Nicéy., except that in the primaries the transverse band 120 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE is usually extended to the submedian nervure instead of to the lower median nervule only, whilst in the secondaries there is usually a very distinct though sparing scaling of metallic-green colour at the anal area. 2. Indistinguishable from sing/a, except perhaps by the green-metallic scaling of the anal area. I have very carefully compared de Nicéville’s species A. teesta with this species of Hewitson’s and find they are identical in every particular. A. bazalus Hew., of de Nicéville’s ‘ Butterflies of India,’ no. 804, p. 249, vol. ii1., should be referred to A, bazaloides Hew. The ordinary form of this insect is intensely deep blackish purple, but this varies, even in specimens from the same locality. From the Khasia Hills I have specimens as dark as any I have seen, andI have also a few specimens not nearly so dark, of merely a dark sublustrous violet-purple. The width of the border varies also in like manner, some are almost linear, whilst others are broader, and one specimen, lent me by Mr. Druce, is most remarkable in this respect, the border being nearly an eighth of an inch wide and increasing at both the apex and anal angle. Turbata Butl., from Japan, is, without doubt, the same species, the only difference being that the underside is perhaps a little more uniform ; the pattern is precisely the same, and it varies in the blue of the upperside exactly in the same manner as do the Khasia Hill specimens. It is a widely distributed insect, though apparently local : the types are from Sylhet and Java; it also occurs in Sikkim, Assam, Upper Tenasserim, Sumatra, Java, S.E. Borneo (from where I have one female), and Japan. ARHOPALA SINGLA (de Nicéville). (Plate V. figs. 20 & 20a.) Satadra singla de Nicéville, J. A. S. B. vol. liv. pt. 2, p. 119, pl. ii. figs. 7 9,8 § (1885); id. Butt. Ind. vol. i. p. 250 (1890). Hab. Sikkim ; Burma (Shan States). Expanse, ¢ about 46, 2 46-50 mm. De Nicéville says: “I have no doubt whatever that A. singla and A. teesta (i. e. bazalus Hew.) represent two perfectly distinct species, as the males can be distinguished at a glance by the coloration of the upperside; but as the undersides of the two species are alike I do not know how their respective females from Sikkim are to. be recognised. As A. singla is only known from Sikkim, females from other localities may safely be placed under A. teesta (i. e. bazalus Hew.) (Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 259).” I have no doubt that this remark is quite correct. A. singla is evidently a local and not common species, at least A. bazalus is sent to this country in far greater numbers, but since de Nicéville wrote as above the species has been taken in the Shan States of Upper Burma. The genitalia have a good-sized tegumen, the hooks of which are strongly curved at their bases, the clasps have a long arm-like extension ; the penis is stout, rather long, with a trumpet-shaped orifice. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 121 ARHOPALA CORINDA (Hewitson). (Plate III. fig. 2, 3.) Amblypodia corinda Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14c. n. 81, pl. iia. figs. 34 & 35 g, 33 2 (1865). Arhopala acestes de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. vii. p. 330, pl. H. fig. 14, 3 (1892). Hab. Philippines; Malacca; Penang; Perak. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 42 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings shining brownish violet, central area brown. Costa and posterior margin of primaries very finely blackish ; costa of secondaries broadly brown, posterior margin finely black; tail black, white-tipped, and a short tooth-like projection at the end of the second median nervule. The exact hue of this insect is difficult to describe; the discoidal, submedian, and median areas are really brown, with a broad costa and narrow posterior and interior margins of a subdued lustrous violet, so suffused that the interior boundaries are not determinable; the secondaries are entirely of this subdued violet except the costa, whilst in certain lights the whole surface looks lustrous brown. Underside: both wings warm brown, with darker spots margined with whitish grey. Primaries with three increasing discal spots and below the third a smaller one; the basal area between the cell and the submedian nervure is darker brown margined outwardly with a pale line; area beneath the lower median nervule pale greyish; transverse band composed of five spots, confluent, the first to the third outwardly inclined, especially the third, fourth and fifth shifted slightly inwards, submarginal row very obscure. Secondaries with a small spot at the costal base, four basal spots, the third shifted slightly outwards, and fourth inwards beyond the internal nervure, followed by three larger spots below each other; cell closed by a larger spot, beneath which is a smaller triangular one; the two upper spots of the transverse band are quite disconnected from the others but touch the large spot closing the cell, third spot of transverse band shifted right outwards, fourth outwards again, fifth well inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot inwards and confluent with the eighth long spot; submarginal row indefinite but distinct, followed by a marginal lunular row; a velvety-black spot is at the anal angle and between the lower and second median nervules, the space between and over which is filled with bright bluish-metallic scales. 2. Upperside: both wings blackish brown ; primaries with the discoidal, submedian, and two-thirds of the median area bright blue, which is invaded at the end of the cell by a black spot; secondaries with a much smaller and narrower bright blue area, also interrupted by a black spot closing the cell. Underside as in the male, but sub- marginal row distinct in primaries, and the upper two spots of the transverse band just connected with the others ; the colour is much greyer in parts than in the male. In certain lights the blue of the upper surface is a true blue, whilst in others it has a purplish tinge. VoL. XVII.—PART 1. No. 16.—August, 1903. R 122 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE I have very carefully compared de Nicéville’s acestes with this species and find it is identical; the upper surface of his two specimens (one from Perak and the other from Penang) is a shade purpler, but I have one from Dr. Staudinger from Malacca which is of the ordinary colour, and the underside pattern is precisely similar in all. The colour of the upper surface and the distinct markings of the underside at once separate it from any other species. Its distribution is peculiar, it hitherto having been recorded only from the Philippine Islands, Maiacca, and Penang. ARHOPALA BELLA Bethune-Baker. Arhopala bella Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1896, p. 664, pl. xxx. figs. 6 ¢,7 9. Hab. Kina Balu (Borneo). Expanse, ¢ 55, 9 48 mm. This very beautiful and (in the male) very unusual looking species will come next to A. corinda Hewitson, but may at once be recognised by its large size, its brilliant purple margins, and its lustrous brown inner areas; the transverse bands are also somewhat different. A. corinda below has a more spotted appearance than A. della. ARHOPALA BURUENSIS Holland. Arhopala buruensis Holland, Novit. Zool. vol. vii. p. 78 (1900). Hab. Buru Island. Expanse, ¢ 32, 2 30 mm. ; I have not seen this species, which Mr. Holland places near my kouwnga (the azinis de N.), and in my inability to compare the types it is impossible to do more than record the species, which in this section of the group are differentiated by so small or inconspicuous markings that it is not safe to make any remarks on the insect unless we have the species before us. ARHOPALA AZINIS de Nicéville. Arhopala azinis de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 3, pl. T. fig. 31. Arhopala kounga Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z. S. Lond. 1896, p. 662, pl. xxx. fig. 4, ? (nec fig. 3, 3). Arrhopala azinis de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 466. n. 403 (1895). Hab. Sumatra (N.E.); Borneo (Kina Balu). Expanse, ¢ & 2, 34 mm. @. Upperside: both wings like the male, but blue slightly more violet and much less extensive, the primaries having a large black invading patch at the end of the cell. My description of kownga appeared just after de Nicéville’s had been published, and I find the male figured in my paper is only a curious form of aroa, the female being that sex of de Nicéville’s species. In that specimen, however, the black invading patch AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 123 is not present in the primaries, and it will be interesting to note whether that is constant in the Bornean form. The species can readily be separated from A. ace de Nicéville by the broad borders to the primaries and the difference in the pattern beneath. My female from Kina Balu is apparently the only specimen of that sex yet taken. ARHOPALA ACE de Nicéville. Arhopala ace de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. vii. p. 329, pl. H. fig. 13 (1892). Arrhopala ace de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. 8. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 464. n. 390 (1895). Hab. Perak; Sumatra. Expanse, 3, 46-55 mm. The female of this species is at present unknown, but the insect is a strongly marked species and can be separated from azinis de N. by the quite different colour of the upperside and by the linear markings beneath. ARHOPALA AGRATA de Nicéville. Arhopala agrata de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii. p. 251, frontispiece fig. 187, g¢ (1890). Hab. Singapore ; Java; Burma. Expanse, 2, 48 mm. I have not seen the types of this species, but Mr. de Nicéville has kindly lent his entire collection to me, in which are one specimen from Singapore and two from Burma; the types from Singapore are in the Raffles Museum at Singapore, which he (Mr. de Nicéville) describes as of the same colour as ¢eesta de Nicév. (i. e. bazalus Hew.) ; the specimens before me, however, are by no means so deep in hue, being of a more real purple with less of the brown shade; this, of course, may be an individual aberration, but it is advisable to notice it. The underside pattern is somewhat near that of A. ace de Nicéy., but the transverse band of the primaries is narrow and continuous, whilst in the latter species it is broad and distinctly fractured below the fourth spot; the markings are also very obscure indeed, which is not the case with ace, and the colour of the upperside of the latter is totally different. ARHOPALA DETRITA (Staudinger). Amblypodia detrita Staudinger, Iris, vol. 11. p. 129 (1889). Hab. Palawan. Expanse, ¢, 30 mm. This species was described by Staudinger from an unique specimen, but it appears to be fairly distinct from agrata de Nicév. ; it may be known by its much smaller size, its brighter blue, its broad borders, and beneath by its transverse bands being straighter and in the primaries entirely unfractured. R2 124 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA @NOTRIA (Hewitson). (Plate III. fig. 3, ¢.) Amblypodia cenotria Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14a, pl. ic. fig. 56 (1865). Hab. Philippine Islands; Nias; Borneo. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 41-43 mm. 3. Upperside: both wings brilliant lustrous bluish violet with excessively fine linear black costa, no black posterior margin, the fringes only being blackish. The same is the case with the secondaries, except that the costa is broadly brown and the abdominal fold is brown; lobe-spot and tail brown, tipped with white. Underside: both wings brown, more or less with a chestnut tinge, with darker spots having pale borders. Primaries with the three usual discal spots, the second and third having each two small spots over them and one below each ; transverse chain-like fascia consisting of seven spots, one on the costa, the three next shifted right out, the two below inwards, below which is an indefinite spot varying in size; submarginal row distinct. Secondaries with a spot on the extreme basal edge of the costa, with four basal spots, the lowest shifted beyond the internal nervure, followed by three rather larger spots ; cell closed by an almost reniform spot, below which is a small triangular one ; chain- like fascia composed of four pairs of spots, the second pair shifted outwards, third inwards, fourth inwards again and confluent; submarginal row distinct, a velvety- black lobe-spot and another between the second and lower median nervules, each of which is edged above and in the intervening space with bright blue (occasionally green) metallic scales. @. Upperside: both wings brown, with a small purplish patch over the discal and central area of the wing, reduced in the secondaries almost to the cell itself. Underside as in the male, but the second and third discal spots are linked together by two spots touching the costal margin of each. The obliqueness of the first four spots of the transverse band in the primaries varies a good deal, but the species is well marked and easily distinguishable. It has often been confused with agnis Felder, which is a very much larger species. ARHOPALA DIAS (Hewitson). (Plate III. fig. 4, ¢.) Amblypodia edias Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 6, pl. iv. fig. 36, g (1862) ; id. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 7 (1865). Hab. Java. Expanse, ¢, 51 mm. g¢. Upperside: both wings pale, very metallic, lilac-blue; primaries with linear brown costa and finest linear outer margins; secondaries with broad brown costa and very fine linear outer margins; abdominal fold pale brownish grey ; tail black, long, tipped with white. Underside pale chestnut-brown, with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots, between the second and third of which is AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDA. 125 another spot just over the cell, and below the third a larger spot in the lower median angle; transverse band very distinctly spotted, composed of six spots, first spot small below the costa, second, third, and fourth outwardly oblique and shifted right out from the first, below these two shifted right inwards, but inclined slightly outwards ; ‘submarginal row distinct but indefinite; submedian and subdiscal area pale greyish. Secondaries rather darker than primaries, with four small very dark basal spots, second and fourth shifted inwards, followed by three equally dark spots below each other; cell closed by a large subovate spot, below which is a smaller one in the lower median angle; transverse band very distinctly spotted, composed of eight spots, second separate shifted outwards, third shifted right out again, fourth slightly outwards, fifth well inwards, sixth slightly outwards, seventh angular spot well inwards, confluent with the long eighth spot ; submarginal row distinct, parallel with the outer margin; lobe very slightly developed, with velvety-black spot, and on each side of tail a dark spot with superimposed greenish-metallic scales, which also edge the lobe-spot above. The beautiful metallic pale colour above will separate this species from any of its allies, together with the very distinctly marked underside. It is a species that does not appear to have been recognised since Hewitson’s description, several identifications in collections I have seen being wrong. ARHOPALA AGNIS Felder. Arhopala agnis Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. vol. u. p. 228 (1865); Staudinger, Ex. Schmett. p- 281, pl. xevi., g (1888). Amblypodia agnis Hewitson, Il]. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 14 a. n. 74 (1869). Narathura agnis Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 262. n. 2, pl. xxi. fig. 29, 9 (1885). Amblypodia anarte Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 4. n. 8, pl. i. figs. 6, 7, 2 (1863). Arhopala agnis de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 236 (1890); Druce, P. Z.S. Lond. 1895, p. 589. Arrhopala agnis de Nicéville and Martin, J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 466 (1895). Hab. Burma; Upper Tenasserim; Mergui; Malacca; Perak; Sumatra; Nias; Mindanao; Borneo. Expanse, ¢ 55-56, 2 53-64 mm. The colour of agnis is subject to some variation; I have one specimen that is almost blue in tone, and several others very pale mauvy-violet. This species is easily recognisable from any of the preceding near allies by its much larger size, by the difference in colour of the upperside; the pattern below is very similar, but the difference in tone of colour is very marked. ARHOPALA YENDAVA (Gr.-Smith). Amblypodia yendava Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 297 (1887) ; id. Rhop. Exot., Lycenide, pl. xiv. figs. 8&9 g,10 ? (1898). Arhopala yendava de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. lil. p. 238. n. 790 (1890). 126 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE Hab. Burma. Expanse, ¢ 58, 2 60 mm. The only difference between the two types of this species and agnis is that the blue in the female is of greater extent than is usual in Felder’s insect and that it is paler ana bluer, and I have but little doubt that the name should be sunk under agnis Felder. ARHOPALA TAMEANGA Bethune-Baker. Arhopala tameanga Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z.S. Lond. 1896, p. 568, pl. xxix. figs. 7 3, 8 9. Hab. 'Tameang-Lajang (S.E. Borneo). Expanse, ¢ 57, 2 54 mm. From agnis Feld. this species may be easily distinguished by the quite different colour of the upperside, which is very dark; the underside pattern is somewhat similar, but the spots of the transverse bands of both wings are more confluent, especially in the secondaries. In agnis both these fascia are very distinctly spotted. The types are now in my collection. ARHOPALA SEMPERI Bethune-Baker. Arhopala semperi Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z.8. Lond. 1896, p. 659, pl. xxix. figs. 9 g, 10 9. Hab. Borneo (Tameang-Lajang, Kina Balu); Baram River. Expanse, ¢ 54, 2 50 mm. This species is very near tameanga Bethune-Baker, but may be separated by the difference in the colour of the upperside, which is dull violet, and by the broadish borders ; whilst beneath the pattern is similar, but the spots are larger, especially those at the base and the cell-spots. The ground-colour is paler, making the pattern stand out much more prominently. I have, since my first description was written, seen two females from the Baram River (N. Borneo) which I believe to be this species ; they are in Mr. Rothschild’s Museum, but are very darkly marked. ‘The types are in my collection. ARHOPALA BARAMI, n. sp. (Plate IIT. fig. 5, ¢ .) Hab. Borneo; Perak. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 50-51 mm. g. Upperside: both wings purplish blue, in a side light dull and rather dark: primaries with the costa of medium width, dark brown, and a broad outer margin rather wider at the apex; secondaries with a very broad brown costa and rather less broad outer margin; tail brown, tipped with white, of moderate length. Underside: both wings ochreous-brown, with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three large increasing cell-spots, below each of which is another, the first two obscure, the AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANID. 127 second being small, the third is dark and large and occupies the lower median angle; transverse band very wide, composed of six spots, the first the smallest, the first four spots being confluent, inclined outwards, with a very slight curve at the fourth, spots 5 and 6 confluent, shifted slightly inwards; submarginal row obscure, marginal row more obscure; submedian and subdiscal areas pale. Secondaries with four very distinct basal spots below each other, fourth one shifted well inwards, followed by three largish spots below each other, second one shifted very slightly inwards; cell closed by a large spot, below which is a small one in the lower median angle; transverse band composed of eight spots, the first two large, the second very large and shifted outwards and touching both the spot closing the cell and the third spot which is shifted well outwards, fourth shifted again out, fifth slightly inwards, sixth very slightly outwards, seventh angular spot confluent with the eighth, which is almost bisected, shifted well inwards; submarginal row obscure, a deep black small spot at the anal angle preceded by two other black spots, which are well covered with pale azure-blue metallic scales, which also edge the anal spot above. 2. Upperside: both wings paler blue tinged with violet ; primaries with a widish brown costa, increasing suddenly just before the end of the cell, where a blackish patch is thus formed invading the blue; outer margin broad, increasing somewhat towards the apex. Secondaries with less broad margins than those of the male. Underside exactly like that of the male. This species can at once be separated from semperi Bethune-Baker by the purplish colour of the upperside, by the broad outer margins, and by the altogether paler tone of the underside, as also by the pattern being more confluent than that of semperi. I have before me a male from Perak, in which the outer margins are quite narrow. The male type is in the collection of Mr. Rothschild, and the female in that of the late Mr. de Nicéville, now in the Calcutta Museum. ARHOPALA DAJAGAKA (Staudinger, MS.). Arhopala dajagaka Bethune-Baker and Druce, P. Z.S. Lond. 1896, p. 660, pl. xxix. figs. 119,129. Hab. Kina Balu; Labuan; Tameang-Lajang. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 55-56 mm. This species may be readily distinguished from semperi mihi by the absence of a tail and by the colour of the underside, which is of a somewhat peculiar greenish brown, and by the isolated spot in the subdiscal area below the second spot in the discoidal cell of the primaries lying about midway between the median nervure and the inner margin. It may equally well be separated from barami mihi by the darker blue of the upperside, the narrow black outer margins, which are decidedly broad in barami, and by the under-surface differences just enumerated. 128 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA ANAMUTA Semper. (Plate III. fig. 6, 3.) Arhopala anamuta Semper, Schmett. Philip. Ins. Bd. v. p. 208. Hab. Mindanao. Expanse, 3, 44-48 mm. g. Upperside: both wings dull brownish purple, looking in certain lights quite brown ; primaries with narrow black posterior margins and a narrower costa ; secondaries with a narrow dark posterior margin and a broad costa; abdominal fold brown. Underside: both wings warm brown, with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with discal spots; between the second and third is often present on the discoidal nervure another minute spot, and below these two the usual spots are present in the pale internal area; transverse fascia composed of a curved row of six quite confluent spots ending on the lower median nervule, below which is a seventh spot shifted inwards; submarginal row rather indistinct, extreme margin finely dark. Secondaries with a half-spot at the extreme base of the costa; four basal spots inclined inwards, the third being projected outwards, followed by three larger spots ; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a third triangular one connecting it with the lowest of the previous three; transverse chain-band composed of four pairs of confluent spots, the lower of the first pair has its outer margin shifted outwards, the second pair is shifted further outwards, the third pair inwards, the fourth pair consists of the angular seventh shifted imwards and the long eighth spot; submarginal row fairly distinct; a black spot is at the anal angle and between the second and lower median nervule, the space between which is filled with metallic- green scales, with which the spots themselves are surmounted ; extreme margin finely dark. No tail, but the lower median nervule is elongated into a very short tooth-like projection, decidedly shorter than in dajagaka. This species is a close ally of dajagaka Stgr., but is easily distinguished by the uniformly broad and regular transverse band on the underside of the primaries. I have also a small-sized specimen of a much brighter blue, with no brown shading at all. ARHOPALA ALLATA (Staudinger). (Plate III. fig. 7, 3.) Amblypodia allata Stgy. Iris, vol. ii. p. 125, Taf. ii. fig. 1 (1889). Arhopala allata Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 590. Hab. Palawan, Mindanao, and Mindoro; Labuan. Expanse, ¢ 41-45, 9 42-44 mm. g. Upperside: both wings very dark, dull, almost brownish violet, in some lights looking almost brown ; primaries with broad blackish posterior margins and narrow costa; secondaries with very broad dark brown margins all round; tail tipped with AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCZANIDA. 129 white. Underside: both wings chestnut-brown, with darker spots with pale en- circlings. Primaries with three discal spots; below the second and third is another spot, the second in the paler submedian area, that below the third at the angle of the lower median nervule ; the transverse band composed of five confluent spots, almost straight, but slightly inclined outwards; beneath this, under the lower median nervule, is sometimes a very minute dot; submarginal row somewhat indistinct, extreme margin excessively fine dark brown. Secondaries with four basal spots, the second and fourth shifted inwards, followed by three larger spots in a straight line below each other ; cell closed by a long narrow spot, below which is a very small one in the lower median angle; transverse band composed of two upper detached spots, the second shifted outwards, four confluent spots shifted right outwards, the lower two of which are each slightly shifted inwards, seventh and eighth spots quite confluent, the angular seventh being shifted well inwards; submarginal row fairly distinct, the upper white margin of which reaches the internal nervure; anal spot black, and a black dash is between the lower and second median nervules, the space between and above which is filled with metallic bluish-green scales. 2. Upperside: both wings dull bluish purple, brownish purple in certain lights. Primaries with very broad posterior and apical brown margins and a broad brown costa. Secondaries with very broad margins all round, in fact the purple only occupying an area a little beyond the discoidal cell. Underside like that of male, but in the transverse band in the secondaries the third of the confluent spots is shifted decidedly inwards; this is constant in the five females before me. The late Dr. Staudinger most kindly lent me his two original types of this species, which were figured in the ‘ Iris,’ vol. 11. pl. 11. fig. 1, 2 ; but there must have been a mistake with this figure, for it does not agree with the type female, nor yet with any female I possess, neither with any male. ‘here is no spot beneath the lower median nervule of the transverse band in the primaries, and in the secondaries the two upper spots of the transverse band are quite detached and are distinct and well defined, not confluent and almost obliterated as in the figure. ‘The spots and markings are also much sharper than the figure would lead one to suppose. The only specimen from Mindoro is bright almost ultramarine-blue, not dull purplish as usual. ‘The peculiar colour of the upperside, brownish violet, will separate this species from any of its neighbours. ARHOPALA KHAMTI Doherty. Arhopala khamti Doherty, J. A. S. B. vol. lx. pt. 2, p. 32, pl. i. fig. 5, ¢ (1891). Hab. Margherita, Upper Assam. I have not been able to see this species, but from the description it is evidently near anea Hew. VOL. XVII.—PaRT I. No. 17.—Augqust, 1903. S 130 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA @NEA (Hewitson). (Plate V. figs. 21 & 21a.) Amblypodia enea Hewitson, Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14e, pl. ite. fig. 55 (1869). Arhopala enea de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 243 (1890). Hab. Sikkim; Khasia Hills. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 41-44 mm. This species is local, but not uncommon where it occurs; it may be readily distin- guished from its neighbours by its brighter colour, larger size, and the clear, clean-looking ochre-brown of the under surface. The genitalia have the tegumen excavated and open at the apex, and the hooks, jointed at the elbow, are from that point long and slender ; the clasps are very deep, excavated at the tips, forming a sort of jaw, the upper part of which is resolved into a long, curved, sharp hook. The penis is long and slender. ARHOPALA RAMA (Kollar). (Plate V. figs. 22 & 22 a.) Thecla rama Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv. pt. 2, p. 412. n. 1, pl. iv. figs. 1, 2, ¢ (1848). Amblypodia rama Hewitson, Cat. Lyceenide B.M. p. 18. n. 59, pl. vi. figs. 69, 70 3, 71 ¢ (1862) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 111. n.51. Panchala rama Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1882, p. 252; Doherty, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lv. pt. 2, p. 126. n. 122 (1886); Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 145. n. 38 (1888). Amblypodia querceti Moore; Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. vol. i. p. 43. n. 64 (1857). Arhopala rama de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 251 (1890). Amblypodia violacea Rober, Iris, vol. i. p. 72, Taf. v. fig. 6 (1886). Hab. Himalayas; Burma; China; Sikkim. Expanse, ¢ 35, 2 38-35 mm. Herr Rober has described his violacea, from “ the East Indies,” as a distinct species, but it agrees in every respect with this insect—there is not one small point in which 1 can differentiate it. It may be known from wnea Hew. by the broadish outer margins, by the pale colour of the underside, by the tail being little more than a long tooth, and by the absence of an anal black spot and any metallic scaling. The exceedingiy broad dark margins of the secondaries are also a marked charac- teristic of the species. ‘The genitalia are not unlike those of @nea Hew., but the tegumen-hooks are short and not elbowed; the clasps are broader, with the upper part of the jaw pointed but broader. The penis is decidedly stouter. ARHOPALA ATRAX (Hewitson). (Plate III. fig. 8, ¢ .) Amblypodia atrax Hewitson, Cat. Lyc. B.M. p. 18. n. 58 (nec pl. vii. figs. 80 & 82, 9) (1862) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 774; Hewitson, Ml. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 13 (1869). Satadra atrax Moore, J. A. 8. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 39 (1884). Arhopala atrax de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iti. p. 246 (1890). AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANID®, 131 Hab. India (distribution unknown to me); Tavoy Valley; Burma. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 42 mm. 3 (type). Upperside: both wings rather bright purplish blue, dull in a side light ; primaries with a narrow black costa and broad posterior margin ; secondaries with a spot on each side of the tail, which is black, rather long, tipped with white. Underside pale brown, washed with pale pinkish lilac, with darker spots palely edged, Primaries with three increasing cell-spots, the first and second of a narrow-oval shape ; below the second and third are two spots divided by the lower median nervule ; touching the tip of the inner edge of the third cell-spot is another one on the edge of the cell; on the costa are two small spots, one over the third and the other nearer the second cell-spot ; transverse band composed of seven spots dislocated below the fourth, first spot small, second larger, shifted outwards, third inwards, fourth outwards, fifth well inwards, sixth slightly out, seventh slightly inwards but with an outward inclination ; submarginal row narrow, rather obscure; submedian area pale. Secondaries with four small basal spots, second and fourth shifted inwards, followed by three larger ones below each other, the second of which is shifted inwards ; a large subquadrate spot closes the cell, below which is a small one in the lower median angle, where it joins the lowest of the series of three spots; transverse band composed of eight spots, the second very large and shifted slightly outwards as to its outer margin, but well inwards as to its inner margin, where it touches the spot closing the cell, third spot shifted well outwards, fourth further out, fifth inwards, sixth outwards, seventh angular spot shifted right inwards and touching the eighth spot (this transverse band has the appearance of a bifurcated band owing to the second spot touching the cell-spot, which is joined to the two spots below, as described); submarginal row very obscure; lobe-spot blackish (lobe scarcely developed), and a small blackish spot just beyond the tail well covered with pale bronzy-green scales, which fill up the space between it and the lobe-spot, and also edge the latter one. 2. Upperside: both wings bright rather pale blue, darker in a side light ; primaries with very broad costa, broader beyond the cell, outer margins very broad ; secondaries with very broad costa and rather less broad outer margin. Under surface exactly as in the male, but the spots are rather larger. In describing this insect Hewitson, as he intimates, confused two quite distinct species; fortunately his type male is preserved in the National Collection, and it is distinct from the female in the Hewitson Collection. Colonel Bingham has given a pair to the Museum which he captured in Burma (Tavoy Valley) in March 1893, so that I am thus enabled to describe the true female. My description of the male is from the original type. The female described with the male by Hewitson is entirely distinct, and I have therefore re-named and re-described it with its correct male under the name hewitsoni. 152 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE ARHOPALA HEWITSONI n. sp. (Plate III. fig. 9, ¢; Plate V. figs. 23 & 23 a.) Hab. India; base of Himalayas from Dehra Dun to Bhutan; Malda and Chota Nagpur Districts; Central Provinces; Calcutta; Orissa; Nilgiris; Burma. Expanse, ¢ 35, 2 38 mm. g. Upperside: primaries dull lilac, with costa narrowly dark brown, and a very dark brown posterior margin. Secondaries darkish brown, with a lilac-blue patch situated just over the discoidal cell. Tail brown, white-tipped. Underside pale ereyish brown, with a somewhat shining pale lilac tinge, spots darker, palely encircled. Primaries with three small discal spots increasing in size; beneath the second and third are two spots separated by the lower median nervule, and on the costa, a little forward of the third, is another small one; transverse fascia continuous, gently arched; fifth and sixth spots inwardly inclined, seventh spot detached and obscure ; submarginal row obscure but dark, and followed by a darker shading up to the margin; submedian area paler. Secondaries more tinged with lilac, with four very small dark basal spots, the fourth paler and obscure and shifted inwards, followed by three small spots, the upper two dark, the lowest paler and obscure ; cell closed by a larger spot, below which is a small triangular one; transverse fascia-spots—first and second almost confluent, the second rather the larger, the third and fourth confluent and shifted right outwards though not quite detached, fifth shifted inwards, sixth outwards, seventh shifted well inwards, detached from the eighth, which is small and really forms a fourth lowest spot beneath the three middle ones ; submarginal band darker, and followed by a darker shading up to the margin; a very dark spot on the lobe, followed by a scanty scattering of greyish scales mixed with a few metallic-bluish ones on the margin almost to the second median nervure. 2. Upperside: both wings brown: primaries with a darker patch at the apex of the cell, and a largish brighter lilac-blue patch occupying the discal, central, and sub- median areas, but not below the submedian nervure; secondaries uniform brown. Underside as in the male, but spots and fascia a little more distinct. This species has hitherto passed as 4. atraa: Hewitson. ‘That author described two distinct species under that name. ‘The male being described first, as usual, the name of atrav must attach to it, Hewitson’s type of which is in the Natioual Collection. The female described by Hewitson is this species, both sexes of which are now quite common, and are mentioned and re-described by de Nicéville in his ‘ Butterflies of India’ (vol. iii. p. 246). The colour of the upperside alone easily separates it from atrax, which latter is very decidedly brighter and bluer than the present species, which is of avery obscure violet colour. ‘The genitalia do not call for special remark, and are figured on Plate V. figs. 23 & 23 a. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCHNIDA. 133 ARHOPALA ALEMON de Nicéville. (Plate V. figs. 24 & 24a.) Arhopala alemon de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. p. 371, pl. F. figs. 20 g, 21 9 (1891). _ Hab. Burma. Expanse, ¢ 40, ? 46 mm. De Nicéville likens this species to A. rama Kollar, but it is a much closer ally of A. hewitsoni mihi; indeed the males are difficult to separate ; alemon is somewhat larger, with the violet colour rather more subdued, slightly more extensive and indefinite as to its outer margins; the females are, however, more easily separated, being very much larger, with the whitish patch pupilled with black closing the cell, whilst below the ground-colour is without any violet tinge, decidedly paler than A. hewitsoni, the spots consequently showing proportionately darker. I have at present seen only this species from Burma, where it probably replaces A. hewitsoni in certain districts. The genitalia are slighter in proportion than those of the previous species, the hooks are longer, and the clasps smaller. The penis is nearly straight. ARHOPALA CANARAICA (Moore). Satadra canaraica Moore, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 39 (1884) ; Waterhouse, Aid, pl. elxv. figs. 5, 5a, 3 (1886). Arhopala canaraica de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. i. p. 245. n. 799 (1890). Hab. Canara, 8. India (Moore); Travancore (de Nicéville). Expanse, ¢ 40-45, 9 44-45 mm. This species is somewhat near a/emon de N., but can be easily separated by the blue colour of the upperside and by the purplish tinge of the brown of the under surface, which is also decidedly darker than in alemon; the pattern is likewise smaller and darker. ARHOPALA ALEA (Hewitson). Amblypodia alea Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B.M. p. 12. n. 57, pl. vii. figs. 79, 81, ¢ (1862). Satadra alea Moore, J. A. 8. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 38 (1884). Arhopala alea de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 246 (1890). Hab. Xndia. “ Male. Upperside: both wings violet-blue ; fore wing with the outer margin rather broad. Hind wing with the margins as broad as in the females of other species. Underside: both wings brown, tinted with lilac. Fore wing with the transverse band long and narrow, slightly curved. Hind wing with the band broken, ill-defined; the anal angle irrorated with white.” (J/ewitson, /. c.) This species Hewitson described from a specimen in the National Collection which 134 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE is now lost, there being no insect in the Museum that at all agrees with Hewitson’s figure. I possess one very close, but the transverse band of the secondaries is not absolutely broken, as shown in his figure. ARHOPALA DODONEA (Moore). (Plate V. figs. 25 & 25a.) Amblypodia dodonea Moore ; Horsfield and Moore; Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. vol. i. p. 43. n. 65, pl. ia. fig. 8 (1857). Panchala dodonea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 252. Panchala dodonea Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 144. n. 37 (1888). Panchala? dodonea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 364. n. 32. Arhopala dodonea de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 258 (1890). Hab. Western Himalayas. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 40-48 mm. This is a very distinct species, easily recognisable from all others; both sexes are exactly alike. It is perhaps nearest A. rama Kollar, but the very pale, almost silvery, blue, and the extremely broad borders of the upper surface separate it easily, whilst below it is quite different, being very pale, with the markings standing prominently out, the pattern being very similar. Mr. de Nicéville (/. ¢.) thought this might be a dimorphic form of rama. 1! have, however, examined several males and mounted dissections of the genitalia, which show, I think, that the species are quite distinct, though very close. It will be seen that the claspers differ somewhat, and all the organs are very much larger and stouter. ARHOPALA CoMICA de Nicéville. Arhopala comica de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 170 (1900). Hab. Live Long, near Bhamo, Upper Burma (5000 feet). Expanse 43 mm. When describing this species from a single example, de Nicéville himself says it may be an aberration, but that he is at a loss to conjecture of what species. I have no doubt whatever that it is a sport of A.dodonea Moore. The shapes of the tail and of the lobe are almost identical; the outline of the wing is very similar. The colour of the wings above, together with the denticulate invasion of the blue patch, at once remind one of Moore’s insect, whilst below the ground-colour is very close in hue, and though the spots are aberrant, the general line of pattern is similar. This is an instance of the undesirability of describing a species from an unique example. ARHOPALA JAPONICA (Murray). (Plate ILI. fig. 10, ¢; Plate IV. figs. 21 & 21 a.) Lycena japonica Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xi. p. 167 (1874). Hab. Japan. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 45-47 mm. AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCANIDZ. 135 In both sexes the apex of the primaries is produced into a short hook tip. This species is somewhat near paramuta de N., but may easily be recognised by the paler and brighter blue, the cell being closed by a black spot on the upperside of the primaries, and by its larger size, whilst the colour of the under surface is much smoother and rather more uniform. The genitalia are very close to those of A. rama and dodonea, with the penis strongly bent near the orifice. The clasps are, however, broader, and the lateral supports of the tegumen straighter. ARHOPALA PARAMUTA (de Nicéville). (Plate IV. figs. 22 & 22a.) Panchala? paramuta de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 81. n. 23, pl. ix. figs. 7 g, 7a % (1883). Darasana newara Moore, tom. cit. p. 42 (1884); Waterhouse, Aid, pl. clxv. figs. 4, 4a, 3 (1886). Arhopala paramuta de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. iii. p. 268 (1890). Hab, Nepal; Sikkim; Khasia Hills. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 34-36 mm. De Nicéville says (/.c.) this is a common species in Sikkim, occurring in April and May. It is very easily separated from those near it, being a very distinct little species. The genitalia are distinct, having a compact heavy tegumen, with short, nearly straight hooks; the clasps are just the shape of a ham cut off sharply at the knuckle end. The penis is nearly straight. ARHOPALA ZETA (Moore). Amblypodia zeta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1877, p. 590, pl. lviil. fig. 6, 2. Satadra zeta Moore, J. A. S. B. vol. li. pt. 2, p. 41 (1884). Arhopala zeta Moore; de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. ui. p. 268 (1890). Hab. 8. Andaman Isles. Expanse, 2, 31 mm. 9. Upperside: both wings brilliant pale blue; primaries with costa broadly black up to apex of cell, where it suddenly increases in width up to the apex, outer margin very broadly black; secondaries with very broad margins all round. Under- side: both wings warm cinnamon-brown, with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots, below the third another spot in the lower median angle ; transverse band composed of five (? six) spots; both wings have been injured here, and it is not possible to say whether there is a small spot on the costa or not ; spots confluent, the first three forming a very slight are, and the fourth and fifth having a slight inward tendency, submarginal and marginal rows obscure; subdiscal area darker, submedian paler, than the ground-colour. Secondaries with four small basal spots, the third shifted slightly outwards, followed by four larger spots below each 136 MR. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE other ; cell closed by a larger spot, below which is a small one in the lower median angle; above the spot closing the cell are two spots above each other, reaching to the costal nervure; these usually form the first two of the transverse band, which band is shifted slightly outwards, the second spot is shifted slightly out, the third inwards, fourth outwards, fifth inwards, the band being composed of only five spots ; submarginal and marginal rows fairly definite, no spots or metallic scaling at the anal angle. Mr. Moore has very kindly lent his type specimen (unique) to me, from which this description is taken. I have more to say about if under the next species. ARHOPALA ROONA (Moore). Narathura roona Moore, J. A. 8. B. vol. liti. pt. 2, p. 42 (1884). Arhopala roona Moore; de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. ii. p. 268 (1890). Hab. Andaman Isles. Expanse, ¢ & 2, 33-39 mm. o & 9. Upperside: both wings rather bright violet-blue; primaries with costa broadly blackish up to the apex of the cell, where it suddenly increases up to the apex of the wine g, outer margin very broad ; secondaries with broad margins all round. Underside exactly like zeta Moore, except that the colour is paler and the markings larger, and also that in the secondaries the two spots usually forming the first two spots of the transverse band are just attached to the rest of the band; in the type of zeta they are detached. ‘There is no trace of the usual dark anal spots or metallic scaling. De Nicéville has very correctly diagnosed these two species. I keep them apart with great reluctance: the blue of the upperside is, however, quite distinct, being quite pale, almost silvery and lustrous in zeta; in roona it is quite violet. ‘The specimen of zeta has, however, a somewhat crippled appearance, and is decidedly smaller, and it gives me the impression of the larva having been starved. If this is so it is not at all unlikely that the colour is abnormal. Recent material has brought to our hands more voona from the Andaman Isles and also from Burma, but no zefa have come. I feel that they are probably one and the same species, but in the absence of sufficient material I refrain from definitely uniting them. ARHOPALA AGELASTUS (Hewitson). Amblypodia agelastus Hewitson, Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 12, pl. vi. figs. 61 & 62, 2 (1862). Narathura agelastus Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. vol. xxi. p. 44 (1886). Arhopala agelastus de Nicéville (in parte), Butt. India, vol. ii. p. 278 (1890). Hab. India; Mergui; Burma. Expanse, ¢ ,47 mm. g. Upperside: both wings rather bright dark purplish blue; primaries with costa narrowly black, slightly increasing towards the apex, posterior margin rapidly decreasing (Sh) = AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCAINID. ils towards the anal angle, apical area very broadly black ; secondaries with a broad costa and rather narrow posterior margin. Under surface ochre-brown, with darker markings palely but faintly encircled. Primaries with three small increasing cell-spots, below the third a small one in the lower median angle ; transverse band composed of six confluent spots, with a very slight curve in the three upper ones, the whole band being slightly oblique outwards ; submarginal and marginal row obscure; submedian area pale; sub- discal area dark. Secondaries with four, quite small, basal spots, the fourth shifted well inwards, followed by three larger ones below each other, the second shifted slightly inwards, and the third the largest of the three; cell closed by a subreniform spot, below which is a very small one in the lower median angle ; over the spot closing the cell are two others (usually forming the two upper spots of the transverse band) above each other, the lower one being the larger; transverse band composed of six spots beginning on the upper discoidal nervule, the first two confluent, the second shifted very slightly outwards, third with the inner margin only shifted inwards, fourth almost confluent with the third, fifth angular spot touching the sixth and shifted well inwards ; submarginal and marginal rows obscure ; a small black spot at the anal angle, preceded by two others, which are more or less covered with pale greenish-blue metallic spots. Arhopala perissa Doherty is a very close ally of this species; in fact, I am extremely doubtful if they are not one and the same, but as I have so little material I deem it best to keep them distinct for the present. Doherty’s species has the spots and fascia wider and larger, and the borders of the upperside broader. De Nicéyille says (Butt. Ind. /.¢.) that Mr. Doherty showed him certain specimens taken at Mergui and in Tenasserim, and that some, of them bore traces of a circular patch of differently shaded scales on the upperside of the fore wing, as in A. atosia Hewitson. I have these specimens now before me, named agelastus by de Nicéville ; but they are moolaiana Moore, and not Hewitson’s species: the reference to atosia should therefore be eliminated from the account of agelastus in de Niceéville’s work. ARHOPALA PERISSA Doherty. (Plate III. fig. 11, ¢.) Arhopala perissa Doherty, Journ, A. 8. B. vol. lvii. pt. 2, p. 419, pl. xxii. fig. 11 (1889) ; de Nicé- ville, Butt. India, vol. i. p. 278. n. 842 (1890). Hab. Myitta; Tenasserim Valley ; Burma. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 45 mm._ There appear to be two forms of this species, differing on the upperside only; the type is rich purplish blue, and I have several specimens of this colour, of both sexes, before me, but I have also in de Nicéville’s series several of both sexes which are brilliant pale lustrous blue, without any admixture of purple at all; the underside is precisely the same in every respect. I notice the same thing in townguva Gr.-Smith, but the difference is by no means so marked. VOL. XVI.— PART 1. No. 18.—August, 1903. T 158 Mk. G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER: A REVISION OF THE This species is an exceedingly close ally of townguva Gr.-Smith, but as I have only seen about a dozen of each species, I have thought it better to keep them distinct. It is quite possible, however, that further material may prove them to belong to one and the same insect; in fact I believe this will prove to be so. They obtain in almost exactly the same district ; both are local, this species being only recorded from Burma, and townguva from Burma and the Andaman Isles. ARHOPALA TOUNGUVA (Gr.-Smith). (Plate ITI. fig. 12, ¢.) Amblypodia tounguva Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 268 (1887). Arhopala tounguva de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. ii. p. 269. n.. 830 (1890) ; Grose-Smith, Rhop. Exot., Lyc. pt. 44, pl. xv. figs. 4, 5 (1898). Hab. Toungu; Burma; Andaman Isles. Expanse, ¢ & 9, 44-47 mm. In some specimens the underside is irrorated slightly with ochreous, whilst the upperside is occasionally of a violet-blue. Both sexes are almost the same. The markings of the underside are very close to perissa Doh., and also to asopia Hew. ; from the former it can be distinguished by the difference in the transverse band of the secondaries, and also by the colour of perissa being clear, smooth, cinnamon-brown beneath, whilst ¢owngwva has more or less of an irrorated or dusted appearance. Asopia Hew. is sufficiently distinct not to require differentiating. As mentioned under the previous species, I believe that ¢ownguva will prove to be one and the same as Doherty’s insect. ARHOPALA ASOPIA (Hewitson). (Plate IIT. fig. 15, ¢.) Amblypodia asopia Hewitson, Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14f. no. 90, pl. ie. figs. 50, 51 (1869). Arhopala asopia de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. vol. ii. p. 270 (1890). d Hab. Moulmein, Upper Tenasserim, ‘Tilin Yaw, and Bhamo (N. Burma). Expanse, ¢ & 2, 46-48 mm. ¢. Upperside ; both wings dull sublustrous violet, rather dull in tone ; primaries with the costa narrowly, posterior margin broadly, apex more broadly dark brown ; secondaries with costa broadly, and posterior margin less broadly brown; abdominal margin greyish. Underside: both wings cinnamon-brown, with darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with spots darker than secondaries, and tinged with violet ; three discal spots, below which the submedian area is dark, below the third spot is another adjoining it; transverse band very regular and even in width, widish, slightly curved near the costa, and with a slight outward inclination; below the submedian nervure is an obscure spot beneath the band; submarginal band dark, but obscure ; submedian area pale. Secondaries with spots paler than in primaries, one on the costal base, four basal spots, the upper two very small and dark, followed by four larger ones; cell AMBLYPODIA GROUP OF THE LYCENIDA., 139 closed by an elongated spot, below which is a small triangular one ; two spots from the costa below each other, of which the lower one is slightly oblique and touches both the elongated spot and the upper one of the transverse band, which begins on the upper discoidal nervure and extends beyond the submedian ; the second spot, rectangular like the first, is shifted slightly outwards, the inner margin of the third is shifted inwards, fourth spot